Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Retail / Super Retail Group Ltd / FY2016 Annual Report

Super Retail Group Ltd
Annual Report 2016

SUL · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker SUL
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Super Retail Group Ltd
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2016

INSPIR ING YOU TO  LI VE  YOUR  PA S SI ON

PERFORMANCE TRENDS

FINANCIAL

SALES ($M)

TOTAL SEGMENT EBIT ($M)

EPS (C)

DIVIDEND (C)

POST TAX ROC (%)

POST TAX ROE (%)*

*Normalised NPAT

TEAM

TEAM ENGAGEMENT

SAFETY – LTIFR

TEAM RETENTION

CUSTOMER

AVERAGE NPS

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS

2

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016C O N T E N T S

Our Business 

Chairman’s Letter 

CEO’s Letter 

Group Strategy 

Board of Directors 

Group Executive Team 

Sustainability @SRG 

Directors’ Report 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Shareholder Information 

Corporate Directory 

Key Dates for Stakeholders 

2

6

8

11

14

16

21

26

52

53

54

55

56

105

106

108

111

111

These financial statements are the consolidated financial statements of the consolidated entity consisting of Super Retail Group 
Limited and its subsidiaries. The financial report is presented in Australian dollars.

Super Retail Group Limited is a company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its principal registered 
office and principal place of business is 751 Gympie Road, Lawnton, Queensland, 4501.

A description of the nature of the consolidated entity’s operations and its principal activities is included in the Directors’ Report 
on pages 26 to 50.

The financial report was authorised for issue by the Directors on 25 August 2016. The Directors have the power to amend and 
reissue the financial report.

Through the use of the internet, we have ensured that our corporate reporting is timely, complete, and available globally at 
minimum cost to the Company. All press releases, financial reports and other information are available on our Investors and 
Media page on our website: www.superretailgroup.com

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016

1
1

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016OUR BUSINESS

OUR PURPOSE

To provide solutions and engaging experiences  
that enable our customers to make the most of their 
leisure time.

OUR VISION

Inspiring you to live your passion.

PASSION 

OPENNESS

INTEGRITY

CARE

DISCIPLINE

STRATEGIC PILLARS

We see that customer engagement, delivering inspiring customer solutions, developing a world class supply chain 
and building an engaged and capable team are critical to our future. We remain focused on our strategic pillars 
to ensure we continue to foster sustainable value creation in a changing retail environment.

1|
2|
3|

CUSTOMER UNDERSTANDING  
AND INSIGHT

SOLUTIONS THAT ENGAGE AND  
INSPIRE OUR CUSTOMERS

LEADING  
PRIVATE BRANDS

4|
5|
6|

AGILE AND EFFICIENT  
SUPPLY CHAIN

ENGAGED AND  
CAPABLE TEAM

STRONG, SUSTAINABLE AND  
EFFICIENT FOUNDATIONS

OUR CORE BRANDS

Super Retail Group is one of Australasia’s largest retailers, and is proud to provide solutions and engaging 
experiences that inspire our customers to live their leisure passions as the owner of iconic Australian brands including:

Amart Sports provides a broad range of leisure sports products geared to the casual market 
at compelling prices. With a wide range of products designed for family and team sports, 
the Amart Sports range includes equipment, apparel and associated accessories for sporting 
enthusiasts and spectators alike.

With stores across every state of mainland Australia, BCF is the largest outdoor retailer in the 
country. We only sell quality brands from trusted manufacturers and are committed to offering 
the widest product range to our customers, who are as passionate about boating, camping 
and fishing as we are.

As Australia’s largest outdoor entertainment and camping leisure retailer, Rays offers families 
everything they need to enjoy the outdoors from the backyard to the bush.

Rebel offers a wide range of the latest release, quality, branded sporting and leisure goods for 
the casual enthusiast and serious competitor, including fitness equipment, sports equipment, 
apparel and associated accessories.

Supercheap Auto is a thriving specialty retail business, specialising in automotive parts and 
accessories. Supercheap Auto stocks a wide range of tools and accessories for the DIY home 
handyman, as well as products for travel, touring, outdoors, garage and the shed.

2

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016OUR BUSINESS

OUR FINANCIAL TARGETS

TO DELIVER COMPOUND 
ANNUAL GROWTH IN EPS OF

>15%

TO GROW RETURN  
ON CAPITAL TO 

>15%

OUR GOALS

Super Retail Group has a strong portfolio of retail businesses, each with strong potential for organic growth.  
We recognise the imperative of turning this potential into growth in total Group earnings.

TO BE
ONE OF THE FIVE 
LARGEST AUSTRALASIAN RETAIL COMPANIES

TO ACHIEVE HIGHER
CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT 
RATINGS THAN OUR COMPETITORS

TO ACHIEVE THE HIGHEST
TEAM MEMBER 
ENGAGEMENT 
ACROSS THE RETAIL INDUSTRY

TO PROVIDE RETURNS TO OUR
SHAREHOLDERS 
THAT EXCEED THE ASX 200 BY 5%

DELIVERING OUR FINANCIAL TARGETS 5 YEAR TARGETS

STORE NUMBERS

LFL GROWTH

(quantity)

EBIT MARGIN

(percentage per annum)

PRE TAX ROC %*

>50%

>30%

>30%

(percentage)

(percentage) *excludes aquired goodwill and brand names

3

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 20163 SUPPORT 

OFFICES

641STORES ACROSS OUR  

ENTIRE NETWORK

~12,000

TEAM MEMBERS

3 DISTRIBUTION 

CENTRES

640+

STORES

3 COUNTRIES OF OPERATION: 

AUSTRALIA, NZ & CHINA

6

43

160
12

10

45

BRAND

ACT

NSW

NT

QLD

SA

TAS

VIC

WA

NZ

TOTAL

AMART SPORTS

BCF

RAYS

REBEL

SUPERCHEAP AUTO

-

3

1

4

4

12

34

7

40

67

TOTAL

12

160

1

1

1

-

3

6

28

38

10

14

82

172

5

7

5

7

19

43

-

-

4

1

5

14

21

17

25

54

10

131

-

16

8

10

28

62

-

-

-

-

45

45

60

120

53

101

307

641

4

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016SINGAPORECHINA62172131SUPER RETAIL GROUP 
DISTRIBUTION CENTRE

SHIPPING

ROAD FREIGHT

RAIL FREIGHT

5

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016SINGAPORECHINACHAIRMAN’S
LETTER

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER, 

On behalf of your Board of Directors, I am pleased 
to present Super Retail Group’s annual report for the 
financial year ending 2 July 2016.

In this year, we have maintained our focus on long-
term value creation for shareholders, delivering a 
credible underlying financial result alongside continued 
progress against the Group’s strategic priorities. 

Super Retail Group holds a unique market position in 
the leisure retail sector. In recent years, we have made 
significant investment improving our core capabilities, 
expanding into new solutions and service offerings for 
our customers, and strengthening our multi-channel 
delivery infrastructure. This investment will ensure we 
remain competitive in a changing global marketplace 
and that the Group is equipped to keep pace with our 
customers’ evolving needs.

6

2016 PERFORMANCE

Super Retail Group’s full year accounting periods are 
normally 52 weeks but on average every five years 
the Group adds an extra week to maintain its end of 
year balance date within a few days of 30 June. The 
2016 financial year was a 53 week period, which has 
the impact of increasing sales and net debt but has a 
negligible impact on net profit.

Net Profit After Tax attributable to owners (NPAT) was 
$62.8 million, representing a decline of  22.6 per cent 
compared to the prior comparative period.  
After adjusting for brand name impairment and 
business transformation provisions, Normalised Net 
Profit After Tax was $108.6 million, representing growth 
of 2.2 per cent over the prior comparative period.

The result reflected solid revenue growth of  
8.2 per cent across the Group, with like for like 
growth in all Divisions. Earnings Before Interest, Tax, 
Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) showed 
growth of 6.4 per cent against the previous 
corresponding period.

The Auto and Sports Divisions continue to perform 
well and are well-positioned for future growth. Both 
businesses in the Leisure Division, BCF and Ray’s 
Outdoors delivered disappointing results for the full 
year although the performance in BCF improved 
through the year and we expect BCF to have a much 
stronger performance in the year ahead. 

Cash flow generation remained strong, with operating 
cash flow of $159.2 million. Capital investment was  
3.7 per cent of revenue. Super Retail Group 
maintained its disciplined approach to financial 
management and its robust balance sheet.

TRANSFORMATION INITIATIVES

In the light of the continued underperformance of the 
Ray’s Outdoors business, it was decided to accelerate 
the review of the business that had been announced 
in February 2015. 

The performance of the five stores trialling the new 
Rays concept has confirmed the potential for a 
profitable business targeting outdoor adventure 
enthusiasts.  Following a review of the 50 legacy Ray’s 
Outdoors stores, it was determined that 12 stores will 
convert to Rays stores, 17 stores will convert to one of 
the other Group brands and 21 stores will close prior to 
the end of this calendar year.

It is estimated that approximately $110 million of the 
$135 million sales currently generated by the Ray’s 
Outdoors business will be retained by the Leisure 
Division following the completion of the transformation. 
The annual EBIT benefit to the Leisure Division once the 
transformation is complete is estimated to be circa     
$8 million.

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
In November 2015, the Group increased its ownership 
share of Infinite Retail, an online sports merchandise 
business, from 50.05 per cent to 95 per cent. Following 
this change in ownership, the management of Infinite 
Retail has been integrated into Rebel. Governance 
processes have been improved and operating costs 
have been reduced.

However, unprofitable contracts with sporting bodies 
and clubs and integration costs resulted in the business 
incurring an EBIT loss of circa $6 million (Net of Non-
Controlling Interests) in the 2016 financial year. The 
business has also further recognised total restructuring 
costs of $5.0 million in the 2015/16 accounts representing 
$3.1 million provision for onerous contracts, $1.7 million 
for write off of systems and $0.2 million other costs.

The restructure will enable Infinite Retail to contribute 
approximately $25 million sales at break-even EBIT to the 
Sports Division results in 2016/17.

DIVIDEND

As a result of the Group’s solid operating performance 
and cash flow, your Directors have recommended a 
final dividend of 21.5 cents a share bringing the total 
dividend payment to 41.5 cents a share, an increase 
of 3.8 per cent on last year. This represents a dividend 
payout ratio of 65 per cent of underlying NPAT, in line 
with the ratio guideline of between 55 and 65 per cent 
of underlying NPAT.

GOVERNANCE & RISK

Your Board is committed to transparency, accountability 
and high standards in corporate governance. 

We have continued to refine many of our governance 
processes to keep pace with the changing business 
environment the Group operates in. Not only is the 
external environment changing, but the dramatically 
increased size, scale and complexity the Group has 
achieved over the past few years also places different 
demands on the role for corporate governance. As a 
consequence, our corporate governance, including 
in areas such as risk management, safety, sustainability 
and diversity, is increasingly mature and robust.  

BOARD RENEWAL

The Board recognises the importance of undergoing 
a regular process of renewal to maintain a proactive 
and effective Board with the appropriate mix of skills, 
background and experience for the Group’s strategic 
goals and governance requirements. 

Accordingly, in October 2015, Super Retail Group 
continued its board renewal program, welcoming Ms 
Launa Inman and Ms Diana Eilert as independent non-
executive directors, taking the total number of Directors 
to seven and female representation on the Board to 
over 40 per cent.  

Launa brings to the Board extensive experience in 
retailing, marketing (including digital technology 
and social media), finance and logistics. Her diverse 
experience includes terms as Managing Director and 
CEO of Billabong International, Managing Director of 
Target Australia and Managing Director of Office Works. 
Launa is a director of the Commonwealth Bank of 
Australia, Bellamy’s Australia Limited and a member of 
the boards of the Alannah and Madeline Foundation 
and the Virgin Australia Melbourne Fashion Festival.

Diana is an experienced non-executive director who 
brings three key skills to Super Retail Group: extensive 
operational experience as a Group Executive and CEO, 
Partner level skills in Strategy (with particular emphasis 
on technology customer experience and data), and, 
more recently, significant work in digital disruption and 
business models. Diana is a director of Navitas, AMP 
Life, Queensland Urban Utilities and NSW Electricity 
Networks. Her previous non-executive director (NED) 
experience includes realestate.com.au  and other 
digital businesses, “onthehouse” and “OurDeal”.

Launa and Diana will stand for election at Super Retail 
Group’s Annual General Meeting on 24 October 2016.

OUTLOOK 

In summary, Super Retail Group is well positioned to 
deliver on its vision of providing solutions and engaging 
experiences that enable our customers to make the 
most of their leisure time, at the same time as offering 
ongoing growth and development opportunities for our 
team members, and, consequently, growth and value 
for our shareholders. 

The Board is fully committed to supporting the 
Company’s long-term strategy and investment plan, 
that we believe will leave Super Retail Group well-
placed to deliver profitable, sustainable growth over the 
long-term.  

The Board looks forward to 2017 with confidence and 
enthusiasm. 

On behalf of the board I thank our Group Managing 
Director and CEO, Peter Birtles, his leadership team and 
all our team members for their contribution. We also 
take this opportunity to thank you for your continued 
support.

Robert Wright 
Chairman

7

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016CEO’S LETTER

  DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER, 

The ever more rapidly changing dynamics of the retail 
industry mean that we need to balance our focus on 
optimising the current financial performance of the 
company with progressing the initiatives that will enable 
us to engage and inspire our customers and team 
members and build the organisational capabilities that 
we will need to build a business that will successfully 
meet and exceed the needs of our customers in the 
future.

In 2016 our financial performance was mixed and 
we did not achieve the overall financial results we 
believe we are capable of. However, many parts of 
the Group performed very well and we have made a 
number of changes to lift the Group’s overall financial 
performance in the years ahead. 

The financial performance of the Auto and Sports 
Divisions was strong and it was the underperformance 
of the BCF and Rays Outdoors businesses that held 
back overall Group results. The BCF business had 
a stronger second half and we are confident of 
improved performance in the 2017 financial year. We 
are transforming the new Rays business into one with a 
distinct market opportunity and the potential for long 
term profit growth.

We have been very pleased with our progress across all 
of our businesses in increasing customer engagement 
and endorsement and in improving our team member 
engagement and safety. We have also made good 
progress in building the brand development, supply 
chain and digital capabilities that will be required to 
drive the organisation in the future. 

The impact of digital and the pace of change mean 
that we will need to be ever more agile in the way we 
operate. It also means that we will need to adopt more 
of a test and learn approach and that we need to 
recognise that some things we try will not work – the key 
will be to recognise this quickly and not over invest in 
the wrong initiatives.

We  have a clear strategy with a roadmap of initiatives 
that will deliver continued growth in each of our retail 
businesses while also generating improved earnings and 
return on capital.

OUR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The Auto and Sports Divisions both had successful 
years with strong growth in both revenue and profit. 
The Leisure Division generated a solid uplift in revenue 
but lower gross margin and higher operating costs 
resulted in a lower profit contribution. The Group has 
continued to invest in strategic initiatives, particularly 
in supply chain and digital, which led to an increase in 
Group Costs. Total Segment Net Profit before Tax was 
$155.9 million, an increase of $7.3 million over the prior 
comparative period.

Key highlights include: 

•  Full year sales for the Group increased by  

8.2 per cent to $2,422.2 million.

•  Group’s Segment Earnings Before Interest and Tax 

(EBIT) was $175.3 million, an increase of 3.0 per cent.

•  Auto and Sports Divisions performing strongly  
with Segment EBIT growth of 9.0 per cent and  
18.6 per cent respectively.

•  Leisure Division delivering 7.1 per cent sales growth 

8

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
but investment in competitive pricing, inventory 
clearance and higher product costs resulting in 
Segment EBIT declining by 42.4 per cent.

•  Online sales continue to grow strongly, with a 

number of digital initiatives launched during the 
year.

•  $81.3 million invested in new and refurbished stores.

•  Strong working capital management with operating 
cash flow of $159.2 million up by circa $15 million on 
a like for like basis.

INVESTMENT IN PROFITABLE GROWTH

Super Retail Group has a strong portfolio of retail 
businesses, each with strong potential for organic 
growth. We recognise the imperative of turning this 
potential into growth in total Group earnings. 

We expect capital expenditure for 2017 financial 
year to be in the order of $115 million, with five main 
programs that will be our investment priorities for the 
coming year:

OUR STRATEGY

The retail environment is going through massive 
change, we are seeing more and more global 
competitors coming into our markets, we are seeing 
the impact of digital disruption, and we are seeing 
more informed and demanding customers.

The balance of power between retailers and customers 
has changed. No longer can we invite the customers 
into our stores with the promise of an unmatched 
product range at unbeatable prices. Now we must 
earn the right to be invited by our customer to fulfil one 
of their needs how, when and where it best suits them 
and unless we can do this well, our customers have 
plenty of other choices.

Retailers need to decide how they will position 
themselves in this new world. The opportunity is there 
to win on product and price but only if you have the 
scale and cost structures to do so. Although product 
and price has been our heritage, at Super Retail Group 
we have recognised that we will not be successful in 
the long term if we continue to try and win on product 
and price alone.

We are in the fortunate position that our customers are 
passionate about the product categories we retail. 
Whether it’s a customer who is proud of their classic 
Commodore or an avid follower of V8 Supercars, the 
guy who can’t wait to get out and catch his next 
Barra, the family who love nothing better than getting 
out hiking through the bush or going to watch their 
favourite footy team or the young mum getting out to 
her weekly Pilates class.

Our opportunity is to connect with our customers 
around their passions and to inspire them with the 
experiences and solutions we provide. We must no 
longer see the interaction with our customers as a 
transaction but as part of a long term relationship. We 
need to understand our customers and predict their 
needs and wants. 

We see that customer engagement, delivering inspiring 
customer solutions, developing a world class supply 
chain and building an engaged and capable team 
are critical to our future.

•  New store development

•  Existing store refurbishment

•  Rays Transformation

•  Inventory Management Transformation

•  Information Systems (IS) Transformation

The initiatives will position the Group for a step up in 
earnings delivery by focusing resources and capital 
on realising profitable growth from its retail brands and 
ensuring the Group has the systems, infrastructure and 
support in place to best realise the growth opportunity 
offered by the shift in consumer spending to services 
and solutions, at the same time as meeting customer 
expectations for a seamless and swift omni-channel 
experience. 

OUR TEAM

On behalf of our Directors and senior executive team, 
I would like to express our thanks to all 12,000 team 
members for their contribution to the growth and 
development of the Group. Even in a digital world, 
retail will always be a people business and it is our 
team that will be key to the successful execution of our 
strategy. 

We are pleased that we saw a further increase on our 
team engagement across the Group from 68 per cent 
to 71 per cent. The level of engagement is particularly 
strong in our retail stores and we have the opportunity 
to build engagement in our distribution centres and 
support offices to achieve our long term target of  
75 per cent engagement. 

We are also pleased that our retention level across all 
team members continues to hold above 75 per cent 
which is strongly ahead of the Retail Industry. Our team 
have told us that they would like to see more focus on 
their personal development opportunities so we are 
initiating a program in that area.

9

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016CEO’S LETTER (CONT.)

We see significant business value in having a leadership 
team that is representative of its customer base and 
one that embraces diversity as a way of generating 
greater creativity. At this time, our primary focus is on 
gender diversity and we are pleased with our progress 
towards our goal of 40 per cent of our senior leadership 
positions being held by females. At the end of June 
34 per cent of our senior management positions were 
held by females up from 28 per cent in the prior year. 
We are now broadening our focus to other forms of 
diversity and will be developing initiatives to encourage 
broader diversity in the next 12 months.

In last year’s report, I highlighted that we were 
disappointed with our safety performance which fell 
below industry averages and that we had established 
improved safety performance as a key priority for 
the Group in the 2016 financial year. In the 2015 
financial year we had a Lost Time Injury Frequency 
Rate (LTIFR) of 13.2 and we set ourselves a target of a 
30 per cent improvement in the 2016 financial year. 
We are extremely pleased that we achieved a LTIFR 
of 6.8 which benchmarks strongly against the industry. 
However, we must continue to focus on this area and 
aim to minimise the number of injuries with recognition 
that all injuries are preventable.

”SINCE OUR EARLY BEGINNINGS, OUR BUSINESS 

HAS BEEN ONE OF CONTINUOUS GROWTH AND 
EVOLUTION – IT HAS SEEN US GROW FROM A 
SMALL MAIL-ORDER BUSINESS INTO A NATIONAL 
STORE NETWORK AND BEYOND THAT TO AN 
EMERGING OMNI-CHANNEL PLATFORM; FROM 
A SINGLE BRAND TO A PORTFOLIO OF ICONIC 
RETAIL BRANDS SOME OF WHICH WE HAVE 
BUILT FROM SCRATCH INTO MARKET-LEADERS; 
FROM A LOCAL QUEENSLAND COMPANY TO A 
MAJOR AUSTRALASIAN RETAILER. 

WE ARE PROUD OF OUR TRACK RECORD OF 
DISCIPLINED EXECUTION IN DELIVERING 
CUSTOMER-CENTRIC OUTCOMES. THE RESULTS 
WE ACHIEVE – OUR SALES, OUR PROFIT, OUR 
CASH FLOW, OUR SHARE PRICE – ONLY COME 
FROM ENGAGING OUR CUSTOMERS WITH 
SOLUTIONS AND EXPERIENCES THAT MEET 
OR EXCEED THEIR EXPECTATIONS. THAT WILL 
CONTINUE TO BE WHERE OUR FOCUS WILL BE 
AS WE CONTINUE TO GROW OUR BUSINESS 
OVER THE LONG-TERM.
10

FUTURE GROWTH

We are moving into a period of low growth with low 
inflation. However, the changing dynamics of the retail 
industry mean that there are opportunities for those 
businesses who embrace these changing dynamics 
to grow at rates faster than the markets in which they 
operate.

We have demonstrated over many years that our 
Supercheap Auto business has continued to grow 
strongly as customers have shifted from ‘Do It Yourself’ 
to ‘Do It For Me’ and we feel confident we have 
the capabilities to deliver strong growth across all of 
our businesses. We have a complementary portfolio 
of leading, differentiated retail brands, supported 
by a strong supply chain, technology platform and 
an engaged and passionate team. This leaves us 
well-placed to deliver the inspiring solutions and 
experiences our customers expect, and in so doing 
deliver continued value for shareholders.

Whatever our customers’ passion may be – a passion 
is for life. That is why building a business that focuses on 
people’s passions is a business with a strong future. Our 
challenge is to understand the things that matter to our 
customers, and create the solutions and experience 
that inspire them to get the most from their leisure time. 

The macro trend towards solutions and services leaves 
our business well-placed to capture the revenue, 
customer and margin growth offered by the shift from 
products towards the solutions-centric offering that’s 
already well underway across our portfolio of iconic 
Australian brands. 

We enjoy a unique position within the leisure market, 
and the omni-channel environment that customers 
increasingly expect offers significant opportunities for us 
to leverage the scale, insights and synergies across the 
Group to realise the upside potential within each of our 
divisions, and so drive profitable growth. 

Our robust balance sheet and financial resources 
means we are well-equipped to invest in establishing 
the right foundations and business architecture 
needed to enable the Group to realise the growth 
synergies and competitive advantages arising from our 
overarching perspective over the market as a whole. 

We thank all team members for their commitment and 
hard work during the year, and we are grateful to our 
shareholders for your support.

Peter Birtles 
Group Managing Director  
and Chief Executive Officer

GROUP STRATEGY

The strategy for the Group remains focused on the delivery of our strategic pillars and our financial targets.  
We have seen the successful execution of our strategy in an improved customer experience and our new  
Supply Chain network. 

This year, we have refined our strategic pillars to ensure we continue to foster sustainable value creation in a 
changing retail market. This considers customer solutions, community and capability, coupled with a growing 
investment in digital and innovation. 

Our strategic pillars are: 

1|
2|
3|

CUSTOMER UNDERSTANDING  
AND INSIGHT

SOLUTIONS THAT ENGAGE AND  
INSPIRE OUR CUSTOMERS

LEADING  
PRIVATE BRANDS

4|
5|
6|

AGILE AND EFFICIENT  
SUPPLY CHAIN

ENGAGED AND  
CAPABLE TEAM

STRONG, SUSTAINABLE AND  
EFFICIENT FOUNDATIONS

Each pillar has a defined growth path, and we will be successful through the application of a customer centric, 
collaborative approach to delivery. 

11

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016SUPERCHEAP AUTO  
SUCCESSFULLY LAUNCHES 90 MINUTE  
CLICK & COLLECT SERVICE

”In February, Supercheap Auto successfully launched a ’90 minute  

click-and-collect’ service across all 300 stores throughout Australia and New 
Zealand. The 90 minute turnaround sets a new benchmark for online 
retailing in the Australasian market and has proved extremely popular with 
customers. Click & Collect offers customers certainty that an item is in stock 
and available, as well as offering savings on shipping fees and the potential 
cost of returns. Customers can now seamlessly shop online, choose their 
products and collect from their chosen Supercheap Auto store in 90 
minutes, within store trading hours.

This initiative reflects the brand’s ongoing investment in offering a truly  
omni-channel retail experience for customers, and reflects a core strategic 
focus for the Group – that being digital isn’t merely about online, but is 
about lining up the entire organisation to deliver the best outcomes for 
customers. Offering a 90-minute Click & Collect service requires seamless 
integration between the e-Commerce customer interface, supply chain, 
demand management and in-store team resource management, 
and would not have been possible without the team’s strong focus on 
customers’ evolving expectations and the close collaboration across 
the business. Supercheap Auto is proud to be offering customers market-
leading services and the solutions that really matter most to them, and look 
forward to delivering further innovations and improvements in our omni-
channel experience.

12

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 201613

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ROBERT WRIGHT
Independent  
Non-Executive Chairman 

PETER BIRTLES
Group Managing Director  
Chief Executive Officer

DIANA EILERT
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

LAUNA INMAN
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Peter Birtles was 
appointed a Director 
of the Company on 5 
January 2006. Peter has 
over 27 years’ leadership 
experience in the retail, 
pharmaceutical and 
consumer products 
industries. Peter joined 
Super Retail Group Limited 
in April 2001 as Chief 
Financial Officer and also 
served as Secretary of the 
Company between May 
2004 and January 2006. 
He was appointed Group 
Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer 
in January 2006. Prior to 
joining Super Retail Group, 
Peter spent 12 years 
working with The Boots 
Company in the United 
Kingdom and Australia 
in a variety of senior roles 
across finance, planning, 
operations, supply chain, 
human resources and 
information technology. 
Peter is a Chartered 
Accountant and prior 
to joining The Boots 
Company, he worked 
for Coopers & Lybrand. 
Peter is currently a Non-
Executive Director of GWA 
Group Limited.

Diana Eilert was 
appointed a Director 
of the Company on 21 
October 2015. Diana is 
an experienced non-
executive director who 
brings three key skills 
to Super Retail Group: 
extensive operational 
experience as a Group 
Executive and CEO, 
Partner level skills in 
Strategy (with particular 
emphasis on technology 
customer experience 
and data), and, more 
recently, significant work 
in digital disruption and 
business models. Diana is 
currently appointed to the 
Boards of Navitas, AMP 
Life, Queensland Urban 
Utilities and NSW Electricity 
Networks. With 25 years 
in executive roles, Diana 
was Group Executive with 
Suncorp and Citibank and 
also as a Partner with IBM, 
where she gained further 
technology experience. 
Most recently, Diana was 
Head of Strategy and 
Corporate Development 
for News Ltd where her 
focus was on digital 
transformation and 
emerging business 
models.

Launa Inman was 
appointed a Director 
of the Company on 21 
October 2015. Launa 
brings to the board 
extensive experience 
in retailing, marketing 
(including digital 
technology and social 
media), finance and 
logistics. Her diverse 
experience includes terms 
as Managing Director 
and CEO of Billabong 
International (May 2012 to 
August 2013), Managing 
Director of Target Australia 
Pty Ltd (2005 to 2011) 
and Managing Director 
of Office Works (2004 to 
2005). Launa is a member 
of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors 
and has completed 
the Wharton Business 
School executive 
program. Launa is a Non-
Executive Director of the 
Commonwealth Bank 
of Australia, Bellamy’s 
Australia Limited and 
Precinct Properties New 
Zealand, and a member 
of the boards of the 
Alannah and Madeline 
Foundation and Virgin 
Australia Melbourne 
Fashion Festival.

Robert Wright was 
appointed a Director of 
the Company on 19 May 
2004 and Chairman on 28 
October 2009. Robert has 
over 35 years’ financial 
management experience 
across a range of 
industries including Retail, 
Food Processing and Fast 
Moving Consumer Goods. 
During his executive 
career he was the Chief 
Financial Officer of 
several listed companies 
including ten years for 
David Jones Limited. 
He has over 25 years’ 
experience as both an 
Executive Director and 
Non-Executive Director 
of a number of private 
and listed companies 
in the following industry 
sectors: Retail, Fast 
Moving Consumer Goods, 
Property Development, 
Manufacturing and 
Natural Gas Infrastructure. 
Robert is currently the 
Chairman of APA Ethane 
Limited, the responsible 
entity of Ethane Pipeline 
Income Fund. Robert was 
previously Chairman of 
SAI Global Limited and 
a Director of Australian 
Pipeline Limited, the 
responsible entity of the 
registered managed 
investment schemes that 
comprise APA Group.

14

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
SALLY PITKIN 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

REG ROWE
Non-Executive Director 

JOHN SKIPPEN
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Dr Sally Pitkin was 
appointed a Director of 
the Company on 1 July 
2010. Sally is the Chair of 
the Human Resources 
and Remuneration 
Committee. Sally has 20 
years’ experience as a 
Non-Executive Director in 
the listed, private, public 
and non-profit sectors, 
including experience in 
international markets, and  
12 years’ experience as 
a Non-Executive Director 
of ASX 200 companies. 
She is a lawyer and 
former partner of Clayton 
Utz with banking law, 
corporate law and 
corporate governance 
expertise. Sally is a Non-
Executive Director and 
Fellow of the Australian 
Institute of Company 
Directors and is President 
of the Queensland 
Division, and a member 
of the External Advisory 
Board of the Australian 
Securities and Investments 
Commission. Sally is 
presently a Director of 
ASX listed companies 
Star Entertainment 
Group Limited, Link 
Administration Holdings 
Limited, and IPH Limited. 
Sally holds a Doctor of 
Philosophy (Governance), 
awarded in 2012.

Reg Rowe was appointed 
a Director of the 
Company on 8 April 2004. 
Reg and Hazel Rowe 
founded an automotive 
accessories mail order 
business in 1972 which 
they ran from their 
Queensland home. In 
1974 they commenced 
retail operations of the 
business which evolved 
into Supercheap Auto. 
Reg served as Managing 
Director until 1996 and 
then Chairman from 
1996 to 2004. Prior to 
this, Reg had 13 years’ 
experience in various 
retail and merchandise 
roles at Myer department 
stores. Reg brings to the 
Board extensive retail 
industry and general 
management expertise 
and skills in retail and 
merchandise operations, 
property and strategy. 
Reg is a Director of a 
number of private family 
companies.

John Skippen was 
appointed a Director 
of the Company on 16 
September 2008. John has 
been Chairman of the 
Audit and Risk Committee 
since 28 October 2009, 
and is also a member of 
the Human Resources 
and Remuneration 
Committee. John has 
over 36 years’ experience 
both as an Executive and 
Non-Executive Director 
of listed and non-listed 
public companies and 
was Finance Director and 
Chief Financial Officer of 
Harvey Norman Holdings 
Ltd for 12 years and also 
operated as a Chartered 
Accountant for over 30 
years. John has extensive 
retail, property acquisition 
and development, 
mergers and acquisition, 
and funding experience, 
both internationally 
and in Australia, as well 
as previous ownership 
of businesses in the 
advertising, marketing 
and construction 
industries. John is currently 
Non-Executive Chairman 
of Slater & Gordon Limited 
and Non-Executive 
Director of Flexigroup Ltd.

15

 
GROUP EXECUTIVE TEAM

DAVID BURNS
Chief Financial Officer 

ERICA BERCHTOLD
Managing Director –
Sports Retailing

ANTHONY HERAGHTY 
Managing Director –
Leisure Retailing

CHRIS WILESMITH
Managing Director –  
Auto Retailing

David joined Super Retail 
Group in December 
2012 in the role of 
Chief Financial Officer. 
David holds a degree 
in Economics from the 
University of Sydney, 
and is a CPA. David has 
over 20 years of finance 
experience in a number 
of industry sectors. He has 
held senior management 
positions at Qantas, 
Spotless and Lend 
Lease. David has overall 
responsibility for the 
finance, risk management 
and customer relationship 
management functions 
for the Group.

Erica joined Super Retail 
Group in November 2011 
as Managing Director – 
Sports Retailing, following 
the acquisition of Rebel 
Group, and leads the 
Rebel, Amart Sports 
and Goldcross Cycles 
businesses. Erica has over 
15 years of Australian 
retail experience and 
has served in senior 
management positions, 
including General 
Manager of two women’s 
apparel businesses for 
Specialty Fashion Group 
and National Product 
Management roles at 
Harvey Norman.

Anthony joined the Group 
in April 2015 from Pacific 
Brands Limited, where he 
most recently served as 
Group General Manager 
of Underwear. Anthony 
was previously Global 
Marketing Director for 
Foster’s Group Limited 
and spent more than 
10 years at advertising 
agencies George 
Patterson and McCann-
Erickson, where he served 
as Managing Director. 
As Managing Director - 
Leisure Retailing, Anthony 
is responsible for the BCF 
Boating Camping Fishing 
and Rays businesses.

Chris joined Super Retail 
Group in 2007. He is a 
graduate of the Australian 
Graduate School of 
Management and has 
over 25 years retail and 
wholesale experience 
across Australasia, US 
and the greater Asia 
Pacific region. Prior to 
Super Retail Group, Chris 
was General Manager at 
Toys ‘R’ Us and previously 
spent 13 years with 
Woolworths, holding 
Senior Management 
roles in Merchandise, as 
well as Retail Operations 
within Dick Smith and Big 
W. Chris is responsible for 
the Supercheap Auto 
Retail Stores, Trade, Online 
and Auto Trade Direct 
businesses.

16

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016CLUB BCF SMASHES MILLION  
MEMBERS MILESTONE

”In this brave new digital world, only a deep understanding of our customers 

and their journey will ensure our sustained success as a business. Strong 
engagement, relationships and connections with our customers need to be 
what underpins any successful growth strategy and is what provides the 
confidence we need to invest in the right opportunities that will take our 
brands forward. The strong growth of Club BCF over the past 12 months is a 
critical part of developing those winning formulas.

Club BCF is the customer loyalty and rewards program for our BCF Boating 
Camping Fishing business. Membership smashed through the million members 
mark in 2016 to over 1.1 million active members, following sustained growth 
over the period. Over 70 per cent of total BCF sales are made by active club 
members, who also are typically highly engaged with the brand. Club BCF 
nights, held regularly throughout the store network to provide after-hours 
access to stores, specials and information, were attended by over 25,000 
members this year alone.

This remarkable milestone was achieved through the team’s relentless focus on 
what our customers want, and how we can best add value and inspiration to 
how they go about getting the most from their leisure time. Our customers are 
as passionate about boating, camping and fishing as we are, and Club BCF is 
about how we can help them take those experiences to the next level.

The size, scale and strong levels of activity achieved among Club members 
yields rich, deep insights into our customers, their needs and changing 
expectations. This rich data enables us to better design a more effective 
customer experience, harnessing the power of digital and data across an 
integrated channel strategy, so we can provide the solutions and services 
our customers expect. This in turn drives growth and competitive advantage, 
and will continue to be a source of strategic strength for BCF as it continues to 
evolve its customer-centric focus.

17

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016REBEL CHATSWOOD
ACCELERATES

”From rooftop parking area to 1,445m2 of sporting retail 

heaven, Rebel Chatswood adopted the ‘Accelerate’ 
concept in February and has been reaping the benefits 
since. Accelerate stores embrace physical design, 
technology and innovation to ensure customers 
experience the closest thing to being in an arena,  
the locker room, or playing alongside sporting legends.  
With large format screens and sound showers to immerse
customers in the moment, more emotion and passion is 
injected into the shopping experience.  
Rebel Chatswood also boasts a 37m shop front sign backlit 
with 3,600 individually gridded acrylic cylinders. The first of 
its kind, this installation stamps ‘stadium of sport’ over the 
Westfield atrium.

In its first three days of opening, Rebel Chatswood hit 
number one in football boot sales, and the store continues 
to be highly ranked. Net promoter scores for stores 
adopting the Accelerate concept are also significantly 
greater. With customer centricity a key focus area for Super 
Retail Group, Rebel Chatswood offers a number of in-store 
personal services including footwear fitters, bra fitters, and 
personal trainers—testament to our understanding and 
insight, and the engaging solutions we provide to inspire 
our customers. Feedback has found customers are more 
engaged and team members are also happier working in 
the new Accelerate environment.

DAVID AJALA
Managing Director – 
Super Retail Commercial  

David joined Super 
Retail Group in July 2005 
as General Manager 
of Merchandise, 
subsequently serving as 
Chief Operating Officer 
and Managing Director of 
the Group’s Auto Retailing 
business. He currently 
leads the Super Retail 
Commercial business. Prior 
to Super Retail Group, 
David held various senior 
management positions in 
Coles Myer’s supermarket 
division.

18

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016ROBERT DAWKINS 
Company Secretary, 
Chief Legal &  
Property Officer

Robert joined Super 
Retail Group in 2001 as 
Property Manager and 
was appointed the Group 
Company Secretary 
in December 2010. He 
also leads the Group’s 
Legal, Compliance, 
Sustainability and Property 
Services functions. Prior 
to joining the Group, 
Robert was Property 
Manager for Bank of 
Queensland Limited. He 
holds a Bachelor Degree 
in Accountancy from 
QUT and a Postgraduate 
Diploma in Applied 
Corporate Governance.

PAUL HAYES
Chief Information Officer 

JANE KELLY 
Chief Human  
Resources Officer 

STEVE TEWKESBURY
Managing Director – 
International Operations 

Paul was appointed 
Chief Information Officer 
(CIO) in December 2015 
from UK retailer, John 
Lewis, where he served 
for a number of years 
as Head of Information 
Systems Delivery. Paul 
was previously a senior 
IT consultant with IBM, 
leading multi-million 
dollar projects for premier 
retailers including Tesco, 
Argos and Woolworths, 
and prior to that held a 
variety of roles with British 
Home Stores.

Steve joined the Super 
Retail Group in 2004 as 
Supply Chain Manager 
and in 2006 was 
appointed as General 
Manager – Overseas 
Sourcing. Prior to Super 
Retail Group, Steve 
worked in Global Supply 
Chain and E-Commerce 
Strategy for Reckitt 
& Colman, then as a 
Supply Chain Consultant 
within the Australian 
FMCG sector. He holds 
a degree qualification 
in e-Commerce from 
Monash University. Steve 
has been based in 
China since August 2006, 
managing our overseas 
sourcing, shipping and 
logistics operations in 
Hangzhou and Shanghai.

Jane Kelly joined Super 
Retail Group in July 
2016 as Chief Human 
Resources Officer (CHRO) 
from BT Financial Group, 
where she served as 
Human Resources and 
Corporate Affairs Director. 
Previously, she served 
in a number of senior 
roles in large, complex 
organisations, including 
Head of Reward for 
St. George Bank and 
Head of HR Australian 
Financial Services at 
Westpac.  Jane holds a 
Masters of Commerce 
and Employee Relations 
with honours from the 
University of Melbourne, 
and a Bachelor of 
Commerce from the 
University of New South 
Wales. As CHRO, Jane is 
responsible for advancing 
Super Retail Group’s 
strong focus on team 
engagement, culture and 
capability development.

19

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
20

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016SUSTAINABILITY @SRG

Super Retail Group takes pride in our commitment to 
corporate social responsibility, and to managing and 
reducing our impact on the environment. 

Achieving profitable and sustainable growth in a 
manner consistent with our Group values is central 
to how we do business as a Group, and making a 
meaningful contribution to social and environmental 
initiatives for the benefit of our team, customers and 
trade partners, and the communities in which we 
operate is something that’s important to us all. 

We recognise we live in a world where financial and 
non-financial challenges are becoming still more 
interdependent. The triple bottom line of financial, 
environmental and social sustainability is not a theory 
– it is the reality for any business operating today, and 
a framework that is aligned to our values and how 
we strive to operate our business.

Further information on our sustainability initiatives will 
be set out in the Group’s Sustainability Report, which 
will be published on our corporate website.

SUSTAINABILITY GOALS

The Group has set a target to improve its sustainability performance, based on external rating assessment, to 
equal or better than global retail benchmark, with the following objectives:

1|
2|
3|
4|
5|

Establish a governance framework aligned with business strategy that supports stakeholder    
engagement, performance measurement and reporting.

Sustainability integrated into business practices, addressing material risks and opportunities,  
and aligned with Group values.

Community engagement programs, including product stewardship,  
aligned with business strategy.

An ethical Supply Chain compliant with  
international standards.

Reduction in carbon footprint (relative to business scale)  
aligned with science based targets.

OUR TEAM

DIVERSITY & INCLUSION 

The passion and dedication we see within our people 
every day is what makes our team our most powerful 
differentiator. From a workforce of 6,000 in 2011, our 
team has nearly doubled in size over the last five years, 
totaling 11,937 at the close of 2016.

We have experienced considerable growth over the 
last few years and we attribute a significant share of 
this success to our people. We are proud to know our 
team is engaged, enjoys coming to work, and goes 
over and above to provide exceptional service. This 
attitude is present in every corner of our business, 
whether it’s working in a customer-facing role in store or 
a support role at our offices or Distribution Centres, we 
all share a sense of pride knowing we’re inspiring our 
customers to live their passions.

We are conscious that the only constant in retail is 
constant change: continually evolving our business 
to match the needs of our customers is the key to our 
ongoing success – as a business, but also as retail 
professionals – by ensuring we continue to develop the 
skills demanded by the new world of omni-channel 
retailing. 

Diverse teams are proven to be more innovative and 
adaptable to change and the Group endeavours to 
form a team that is reflective of our increasingly broad 
and diverse customer base.

Accordingly, the Group recognises its talented and 
diverse workforce as a key competitive advantage. 
Our business performance is a reflection of the quality 
and skill of our people and behaviours that are aligned 
to our Group values. The Board and the Super Retail 
Group Leadership Team are firmly committed to 
developing policies and ways of working that support 
diversity. 

21

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Central to achieving this goal is a diverse and inclusive 
work environment and culture that allows team 
members to contribute their full potential through 
recognising and supporting their unique strengths and 
needs.

2. High Potential Development Programs

The Group’s learning and development programs 
are designed to foster the development of female 
future leaders. 

  Our dedicated ‘Women in Leadership Development’ 

(WILD) program, which aims to equip female 
team members to progress their careers within the 
business, has continued in 2016 and will be rolled out 
again in the coming year. 

3. Flexible Working Practices 

The Group continues to actively seek opportunities 
to increase the flexibility of its work practices to 
encourage its team members (both male and 
female) to take opportunities to advance their 
careers while balancing personal commitments. 

In the previous year, the Group’s CEO led a Flexibility 
Listening Tour across key sites in Brisbane, Sydney and 
Melbourne to improve awareness and identify any 
barriers team members currently experience around 
adopting flexible working arrangements. The insights 
gathered will be used to inform the Group’s ongoing 
efforts to lift team members’ uptake of flexible working 
arrangements, such as further advancing how we track 
and promote flexibility across the Group.  

At the end of June, five members of the executive 
team (Bands 1-2), being one male and four 
females are successfully working under flexible work 
arrangements.

OTHER DIVERSITY INITIATIVES

The Group has also implemented a number of other 
initiatives to foster workplace diversity. These include:

•  Carried out a Diversity Audit

•  Extended access to domestic and family violence 
leave, incorporating this into 2015 SRG Enterprise 
Agreement

•  Ongoing CEO participation in the Queensland 

Male Champions of Change

We also note no incidents of discrimination have been 
reported during the reporting period.

GENDER DIVERSITY

We are proud that our culture and inclusive policies 
have created a workforce in which women represent 
45.9 per cent of the workforce at the end of June, 
particularly given many of the Group’s businesses 
operate in retail sectors that have traditionally been 
male-dominated. 

The Group has set a target of 40 per cent female 
representation in Board and senior management 
positions by 2019, and diversity is championed in the 
business at both Board and executive level. 

As at the end of June, 43 per cent of the membership 
of our Board of Directors, 34 per cent of senior 
management positions (Bands 1-3), and 32 per cent of 
middle and senior management positions (Bands 1-4) 
are held by women. 

This compares to the previous reporting period 
whereby 20 per cent of our Board, 28 per cent of senior 
management positions, and 32 per cent of middle and 
senior management positions as at the end of June 
2015. 

In addition, we achieved an increase in number of 
female General Managers appointed (to 9 from 4 in 
the prior year), including in non-traditional roles, such 
as Merchandise. 

As of the date of this report, women represented  
20 per cent of senior executives, which comprise the 
direct reports to the CEO, including the Managing 
Directors of the Group’s retail divisions and international 
operations, Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Chief 
Officers of the Group’s Support Services.

To continue to progress towards achieving our Diversity 
goals, the Group maintains three areas of focus:

1. Recruitment Practices

The Group’s recruitment practices are aimed at 
fostering and encouraging diversity and inclusion. 
Specific initiatives that have been continued or 
maintained for 2016 financial year include:

•  requiring a minimum of one female to be 

shortlisted and interviewed for all management 
positions 

•  actively seeking female talent through targeted 

LinkedIn searches and talent pooling

•  all Band 1 to 3 appointments reviewed by the CEO 

and Chief Human Resources Officer to ensure 
adherence to Diversity Policy

22

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
TEAM ENGAGEMENT

At Super Retail Group, we know our people are the 
foundation of our business success. Our team members 
are critical to delivering our strategy through operating 
in a manner that is consistent with our sustainability 
goals and providing world-class experiences for 
our customers. Like our customers, it is important to 
understand what matters to our team members if we 
are to continue to ensure an engaged workforce and 
be successful as a business.

We regularly undertake a Group-wide team 
engagement survey every 18 months. The survey 
is conducted by an independent third party and 
provides a valuable benchmark of our levels of team 
engagement both over time and compared with 
our peer group. Beyond measuring overall team 
engagement, the survey provides important insights 
into where we need to improve our team engagement 
efforts. 

The most recent survey was conducted in October 
2015. The survey showed an overall team member 
engagement score of 71 per cent, 3 per cent higher 
than our previous survey and placing Super Retail 
Group within the top 25 per cent of companies across 
Australia and New Zealand for engagement.

Our high levels of engagement are further 
demonstrated by our strong levels of team retention. 
Over the past year, a total of 2,789 new team members 
joined the Group during the reporting period and our 
total retention held steady at over 75 per cent. 

WORKPLACE SAFETY

At Super Retail Group, we are committed to providing 
a healthy and safe work environment for all our team 
members, contractors and customers. Our Group safety 
and wellbeing strategic plan and safety management 
system reflects a proactive risk and behaviour-based 
approach. Our Work, Health and Safety Policy also 
supports this commitment.

In the 2016 financial year, the Group Lost Time Injury 
Frequency Rate (LTIFR) was 6.87 per million hours 
worked, compared to 13.29 for the previous year. We 
have continued to drive a whole-of-business focus on 
safety leadership; actively working towards meeting 
standardised safety positive performance indicators 
and targets, and increasing team member awareness 
and education through frequent and relevant safety 
communications.  As a result of these programs, we 
have seen a 44 per cent decrease in the number of 
lost time injuries and an overall 48 per cent decrease in 
LTIFR.  

There were no work related fatalities or occupational 
diseases recorded during the reporting period.

OUR CUSTOMERS

Ethical Sourcing

As a major Australian retailer with international 
operations, we are committed to upholding the 
principles of the United Nations Global Compact 
wherever we operate. Given our international 
presence, we have a responsibility to everyone who 
contributes to our success. This means integrating social 
and environmental concerns such as, ethical labour 
practices and anti-corruption principles into all our 
business operations.

Our compliance framework underpins the Group’s 
competitive sourcing arrangements and the strategic 
development of leading private and exclusive brands.
The framework includes our Ethical Sourcing Policy and 
General Business Agreement. We continue to engage 
with our trade partners to raise awareness of our 
standards, to establish supporting business agreements, 
and to execute a system of audits and reviews of 
selected factories to monitor compliance.

While we do not own factories, we work with our major 
trade partners in China and elsewhere to promote 
workers’ rights and to positively influence them to 
improve working conditions across their operations.

This year we completed a comprehensive review of 
our compliance framework. Whilst recognising the 
many positive activities currently effected, we see 
the opportunity to improve the visibility of our supply 
chain to a broader range of factories, including those 
supplying our private brands with whom we do not 
have a direct relationship. 

We have committed to and have commenced activity 
to extend the coverage of the audit program to 
validate trade partner compliance with our standards.

Looking ahead, a five year plan is being developed 
to improve our ethical sourcing practices as a key 
component of our Strong, Sustainable and Efficient 
Foundations strategic pillar. This includes further 
extension of the coverage of the audit program and 
reporting capabilities.

Product Responsibility

We are committed to providing safe products that 
enable our customers to make the most of their leisure 
time. We have a dedicated compliance team in place 
and a clear commitment as a Group to ensure our 
products comply with relevant mandatory standards 
before they are offered for sale. Our testing regime 
meets that required by mandatory Australian and 
New Zealand standards, and includes rigorous testing 
by both in-house and NATA-accredited third party 
assessors. 

During the financial year, there were no incidents of 
non-compliance with health and safety, labelling, 
information or any other regulations related to our 
private brand products and services resulting in fines, 

23

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016penalties or formal warnings. We have supported 
all regulatory requirements that applied to products 
sourced from local trade partners in a timely manner, 
and have processes and policies in place to address 
any such events that may occur in our wholesale 
relationships.

This year, we have initiated two voluntary recalls of 
products that we considered posed potential safety 
risks to our customers. These recalls were initiated after 
detailed discussions with the relevant regulators.

OUR ENVIRONMENT

Care towards the environment requires a joint effort 
and our focus is to work with our trade partners, 
customers and team members to reduce the impacts 
of our products and operational activities.

As a retailer, our main environmental impacts relate to 
transportation, packaging, energy and raw material 
consumption, and waste production. 

Cyber Security

Packaging Optimisation 

Technology has dramatically changed the way people 
are spending their leisure time. From Australia and 
New Zealand to emerging markets like China, digital 
technology offers a vast information resource, a means 
of social networking and a way of sharing experiences 
with others that greatly enriches people’s leisure 
experiences and love affair with the great outdoors. 

Despite the opportunities of a connected and digital 
world, the rise of digital security, privacy and data 
protection issues also brings a level of risk. Protection 
of our customer and team member data is a priority of 
the Group and we will continue to adapt and evolve 
our business and processes to keep on top of these 
issues.

The Group has appointed a Chief Information Officer 
(CIO) during the reporting period to support our 
information systems strategy, which includes the 
development and implementation of innovative 
and cost-effective technologies and enhancement 
of our data security. The CIO reports to the Group’s 
Managing Director, who is a member of the Group’s 
Board of Directors.

Customer Data and Privacy

We are committed to conducting our business in full 
compliance with laws and regulations, and have 
implemented a number of measures to protect the 
personal information of our customers, club members 
and team members, including safeguards to prevent 
security breaches in our networks and database 
systems, limited access to information in our systems 
and verification processes to prevent unauthorised 
access to information. 

Securing and protecting personal information is 
managed at all levels of the business. The Group 
adopts strong industry standards as the basis for 
protecting this information.

During the reporting period, there were no incidences 
leading to a loss of customer data and no complaints 
were received from customers, external organisations 
or regulatory bodies regarding breaches of customer 
privacy or losses of customer data.

We work closely with our trade partners to ensure 
packaging meets our environmental specifications 
to achieve resource efficiency and reduced 
environmental impact without compromising product 
quality and safety, and align with our demonstrated 
commitment to product stewardship across our supply 
chain.

As a result of these efforts, during the reporting period: 

•  Our packaging optimisation program, which 

involved a review of packaging used by over 500 
suppliers, achieved a pallet utilisation improvement  
of 23.5 per cent and container utilisation 
improvement of 10.65 per cent by improving 
the packaging of over 85 per cent of products 
reviewed.

•  Our plastics reduction program, which aims to 
reduce the amount of plastics in packaging, 
achieved improvements that will see total savings 
of 4,309 kg of plastic material per year.

Product Recycling

We continue to explore opportunities to improve 
resource recovery. Some of the current initiatives 
include:

•  Supercheap Auto’s oil and battery recycling 

initiatives – used batteries are collected in all stores 
and sent to recycling facilities to reduce waste. 
Old engine oil is also collected in selected stores for 
recycling.

•  Clothes hangers reuse – all hangers used in Leisure 
and Sports stores are returned to our trade partners 
for reuse.

•  Cartridge recycling – all used cartridges are 
recycled, and we use recycled cartridges in 
photocopiers.

•  Pallet reuse – Stores return pallets to our Distribution 

Centres for reuse, while damaged pallets are 
recycled.

•  E-waste – used and obsolete IS equipment is 
disposed of in accordance with international 
standards.

24

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016

Energy and Greenhouse Gas Emissions

In our 2015 submission provided under the National 
Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act (NGER), 
we were pleased to report the Group achieved a 
decrease in our energy use intensity of 3 per cent and 
decrease in emissions intensity by 4 per cent through 
energy efficiency initiatives, such as purchasing more 
energy efficient cars. Overall, we reported a total 
energy consumption increase of 3 per cent and  
a total greenhouse gas emissions increase of  
2 per cent compared to the previous reporting period. 
This increase was due to business growth, with total 
site numbers increasing from 604 to 613 sites over the 
period, and store refurbishment activity, with floor 
space increasing at some stores. 

Our 2016 report will be submitted to the Clean Energy 
Regulator in October 2016.

Supply Chain Efficiency

Our products are sent to distribution centres, stores 
and customers by trade partners using road, air and 
sea. We continue to work closely with transport trade 
partners to increase the use of modern, fuel efficient 
vehicles, and to explore the use of more sustainable 
fuels. During the reporting period we also made 
good progress with our efforts to increase packaging 
efficiency, consolidate store loads and optimise our 
distribution network. 

This year the Group further benefited from the re-
configuration of our distribution centre network 
implemented that was completed in 2014. This 
reporting period represented the first full year of 
benefits from the re-design and has resulted in 
significant reductions in both truck trips and total 
kilometres travelled. With our distribution centres now 
located closer to our store network, we have been 
able to consolidate loads across multiple brands. 
Over the last 12 months, the Group has achieved a 
reduction of more than 2.7 million kilometres in truck 
travel, as well as reducing the number of truck trips by 
over 2,000.

OUR COMMUNITY

Super Retail Group is committed to supporting the 
communities in which we operate. This includes 
supporting community groups through corporate 
philanthropy, providing assistance and support in 
times of natural disasters, and actively participating 
in improving community wellbeing. Our decisions 
about how we can allocate resources to best support 
communities are based on alignment to our core 
purpose and values.

We also support communities through the employment, 
product stewardship and education programs we 
provide through our normal business operations. Many 
of our stores are in small, regional communities and we 
are often a key source of employment opportunities for 
the local area, particularly for young people. 

Community Services Leave and  
Workplace Giving Donation

We support and encourage Team Members who wish 
to make an impact on the community by taking part in 
civic activities. We provide various forms of leave under 
Community Services Leave, including Blood Donor 
Leave, Emergency Services Leave and Natural Disaster 
Leave. The opportunity to participate in workplace 
giving is also available to all team members in Australia 
and New Zealand using pre-tax dollars debited from 
their pay.

Super Retail Group is also part of Red25, a nationwide 
initiative to drive blood donations for the one in three 
Australians that will need blood or blood products in 
their lifetime.

Community and Sponsorship Partnerships

In the 2016 financial year, we launched a national 
community partnership with Red Cross Australia. 
This partnership provides a focus for our corporate 
philanthropy work across the Group and aligns with 
our core corporate values of supporting the local 
communities where we operate. Red Cross is the 
official recipient for all fundraising efforts undertaken 
by team members throughout the year, and in the 
coming year we will be expanding this partnership with 
a fundraising and awareness drive that will activate our 
national retail network in support of Red Cross’ annual 
Disaster Preparedness and Recovery campaign. 

In addition, each of our brands engage in their 
own programs of community giving and corporate 
philanthropy that are aligned with their individual 
brand purpose and the issues that matter to their 
customers. These include support for Marine Rescue, 
Cancer Council and Coastguard NZ. 

In total, our cash contributions through community 
partnerships, sponsorships and team member 
contributions in the 2016 financial year was $129,911.  
In addition, discounts and store credits were provided 
to community groups and customers at store level 
during the reporting period.

25

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors present their report together with the consolidated financial statements of the Group comprising Super Retail Group 
Limited (SUL) (the Company) and its subsidiaries for the period ended 2 July 2016. 

1.
The Directors of the Company at any time during or since the end of the period, up to the date of this report are: 

Directors 

R J Wright 
(Independent Non-Executive Chair) 
P A Birtles 
(Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer) 
R A Rowe 
(Non-Executive Director) 
R J Skippen 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
S A Pitkin 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
D J Eilert 
(Independent Non-Executive) (appointed 21 October 2015) 
L K Inman 
(Independent Non-Executive) (appointed 21 October 2015) 

Details of the qualifications, experience and responsibilities of the Directors are on pages 14 to 15 of this annual report. 

Special Responsibilities of Directors 
Director 

Audit & Risk Committee 

Nomination Committee 

Human Resources & Remuneration 

R J Wright 

P A Birtles 

R A Rowe 

R J Skippen 

S A Pitkin 

D J  Eilert(4) 

n/a(1) 

n/a 

n/a 

 (2) 

 

(5) 

 (2) 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a(3) 

 

 (2) 

(5) 

(5) 
L K Inman(4) 
 
(1) R J Wright resigned from the Audit & Risk Committee, effective 3 December 2015.  
(2) Denotes Chair of Committee. 
(3) R A Rowe resigned from the Human Resources & Remuneration Committee, effective 3 December 2015. 
(4) D J Eilert and L K Inman were appointed Directors on 21 October 2015. 
(5) D J Eilert and L K Inman were appointed to the Audit & Risk Committee and the Human Resources & Remuneration Committee, effective 3 

(5) 

December 2015. 

1.1

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board 

Director 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

R J Wright 

Super Retail Group Limited 

APA Ethane Limited 
Australian Pipeline Limited 

Independent Chair 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Chair and Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

SAI Global Limited 

Chair and Non-Executive Director 

P A Birtles 

Super Retail Group Limited 

GWA Group Limited 

Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

R A Rowe 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 28 October 2009 
Appointed 19 May 2004 
Current, appointed 10 July 2008 
Former, appointed 10 Feb 2000 and 
ceased October 2015 
Former, appointed 17 December  
2003 and ceased 29 October 2013 
Current, appointed 05 January 2006 

Current, appointed 24 November 
2010 
Current, appointed 08 April 2004 

26 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
26

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

1.

1.1

Directors (continued) 

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board (continued) 

R J Skippen 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

S A Pitkin 

Slater & Gordon Limited 

Flexigroup Limited 

Independent Chairman and Non- 
Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Emerging Leaders Investment 
Limited (delisted 19/06/2014) 
Super Retail Group Limited 
Star Entertainment Group 
Limited 
IPH Limited 

Link Administration Holdings 
Limited 
Billabong International Limited 

Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

D J  Eilert  

Super Retail Group Limited 
Navitas Limited 
Onthehouse Holdings Limited  

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 

REA Group 

Non-Executive Director 

Veda Group Limited 

Non-Executive Director 

L K Inman 

Super Retail Group Limited 
Commonwealth Bank of 
Australia 
Bellamy’s Australia Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Billabong International Limited 

Managing Director & CEO 

Precinct Properties New 
Zealand Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

1.2

Directors’ Meetings 

Current, appointed 16 September 
2008 
Current, appointed 26 May 2010 

Current, appointed 20 November 
2006 
Former, appointed 12 October 2010 
and ceased 15 September 2014 
Current, appointed 01 July 2010 
Current, appointed 31 July 2014 

Current, appointed 23 September 
2014 
Current, appointed 23 September 
2015 
Former, appointed 28 February 2012 
and ceased 15 August 2016 

Current, appointed 21 October 2015 
Current appointed 28 July 2014 
Former, appointed 1 Jul 2012 and 
ceased 26 November 2013 
Former, appointed 30 June 2010 and 
ceased 17 February 2012 
Former, appointed 4 October 2013 
and delisted 26 February 2016 
Current, appointed 21 October 2015 
Current, appointed 16 March 2011 

Current, appointed 15 February 
2015 
Former, appointed May 2012  and 
ceased 2 August 2013 
Current, appointed 28 October 2015 

The number of meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors and each Board Committee held during the period ended 2 July 2016 
is set out below: 

Meetings of Committees 

Board Meetings 

Audit and Risk 

Nomination 

Human Resources and 
Remuneration 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

R J Wright 

P A Birtles 

R A Rowe 

R J Skippen 

S A Pitkin 

D J Eilert  

L K Inman 

11 

11 

11 

10 

11 

6 

7 

11 

11 

11 

11 

11 

7 

7 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

3 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

1 

1 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

1 

1 

(1)Number of meeting held during the time the Director held office during the year. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 27 

27

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

1.

1.3

Directors (continued) 

Directors’ Interests 

The relevant interest of each Director in shares and options over such instruments issued by the companies within the Group and 
other related bodies corporate, as notified by the Directors to the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 
205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is as follows: 

Director 
R J Wright 
P A Birtles 

R A Rowe 
R J Skippen 

S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert  

L K Inman 

Number of Ordinary Shares 

Options over Ordinary Shares 

107,001 
1,392,596 

59,876,285 
7,500 

26,453 

- 

5,241 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

2.

Company Secretary 

The  Company  Secretary  (and  Chief  Legal  and  Property  Officer)  is  Mr  R  W  Dawkins,  B.Bus  (Acct),  Grad.  Dip.  AppCorpGov,  ACIS, 
ACSA.  Mr Dawkins commenced with Super Retail Group Limited as the Property Services Manager in July 2001 and was appointed 
Company Secretary in December 2010. 

3.

3.1

Operating and Financial Review 

Overview of the Group 

The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in the retail industry. Founded in 1972, as an automotive accessories mail 
order  business  which  evolved  into  Supercheap  Auto,  the  Group  has  grown  through  both  organic  growth  and  mergers  and 
acquisitions evolving its principal activities to include: 
•
•
•

retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles and apparel. 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition 

(a)

Group Results 

Revenue from continuing operations 
Segment EBITDA 
Segment EBIT 
Normalised NPAT 
Profit for the period attributable to owners 
Profit for the period 
Operating cash flow 
EPS – basic (cents) 
Dividends per share (cents) 

2016 
$m 
2,422.2 
245.7 
175.3 
108.6 
62.8 
58.0 
159.2 
31.8 
41.5 

2015 
$m 
2,238.7 
231.0 
170.2 
106.3 
81.1 
76.9 
182.0 
41.2 
40.0 

The  Group  has  delivered  a  robust  result  for  the  financial  year  despite  recognising  significant  restructuring  costs  related  to  the 
commitment  to  transform  underperforming  parts  of  the  business.  Total  sales  from  continuing  operations  increased  8.2%  to 
$2,422.2 million on the prior year. 

During the year the Group announced its plans to restructure the Ray’s Outdoors and Infinite Retail businesses.  The restructuring 
of  these  businesses  is  expected  to  have  a  positive  impact  on  the  financial  performance  of  the  Group  in  future  years.    The  total 
restructuring impact this financial year is $43.3 million (before tax), with $38.3 million related to Ray’s Outdoors and $5.0 million 
related to Infinite Retail. 

The Group also resolved to impair the Ray’s Outdoors brand name during the year based on the underperformance of the older 
format  stores  and  in  light  of  the  identified  restructuring  plans  which  will  see  the  current  53  store  network  reduce  to  17.    The 
impairment charge recognised was $20.0 million ($14.0 million after tax). 

28
28 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3.

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

(a)

Group Results (continued) 

Net profit after tax (NPAT) attributable to owners was $62.8 million compared to $81.1 million in the prior period.  After excluding 
restructuring activities and the impairment of the Ray’s Outdoors brand name, the normalised NPAT was $108.6 million compared 
to $106.3 million in the prior period, an increase of 2.2%.  The table below provides the reconciliation to the statutory profit. 

Profit for the period 
Loss for the period attributable to non-controlling interests 
Profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited from 
continuing operations 
Impairment of Ray’s Outdoors brand name(1) 
Business restructuring costs(1) 
Normalised net profit after tax 
Business restructuring costs comprise: 
   - Ray’s Outdoors  
   - Infinite Retail 
   - Workout World  
   - Tax benefit 
Total business restructuring costs 
(1) Net of tax 

2016 
$m 
58.0 
4.8 
62.8 
- 

62.8 
14.0 
31.8 
108.6 

38.3 
5.0 
- 
(11.5) 
31.8 

2015 
$m 
76.9 
4.2 
81.1 
16.2 

97.3 
- 
9.0 
106.3 

10.3 
- 
2.5 
(3.8) 
9.0 

As a result of the restructuring costs and impairment charge during the 2015/16 financial period, basic earnings per share (EPS) was 
31.8 cents compared to 41.2 cents in the prior comparable period, a decrease of 22.8%.  EPS on normalised NPAT was however 
55.1 cents compared to 54.0 cents last year, an increase of 2.0%. 

Both overall sales growth and like for like sales growth was achieved in each division.  In the Auto Retailing Division, new stores, like 
for like sales growth and gross margin expansion contributed to EBITDA growth. The Leisure Retailing Division also delivered solid 
overall sales growth driven by new stores and improvement in like for like sales.  EBITDA margins in the Leisure Retailing Division 
were below the prior period due to gross margin compression and reduced cost leverage. The Sports Retailing Division reported 
sales increases due to strong underlying like for like sales growth and new stores. EBITDA margins improved in the period due to 
gross margin expansion.  Included in the Sports Retailing result is the results of Infinite Retail.  During the year the Group increased 
its interest in Infinite Retail from 50.05% to 95%. 

The Group continues to invest in the development of its businesses through the expansion and improvements to the retail store 
network and supporting capability through information technology, digital initiatives and inventory management projects. 

(b)

Division Results 

Auto 
Leisure 
Sports 
Unallocated 

Auto Retailing 

Sales 

EBITDA 

EBIT 

2016 
$m 
922.8 
581.9 
910.2 
7.3 
2,422.2 

2015 
$m 
854.3 
543.2 
835.0 
6.2 
2,238.7 

2016 
$m 
133.2 
37.5 
100.3 
(25.3) 
245.7 

2015 
$m 
119.4 
48.8 
85.8 
(23.0) 
231.0 

2016 
$m 
104.6 
18.6 
77.8 
(25.7) 
175.3 

2015 
$m 
96.0 
32.3 
65.6 
(23.7) 
170.2 

Divisional  sales  at  $922.8  million  were  8.0%  higher  than  the  prior  comparative  period  with  like  for  like  sales  growth  of  4.4%. 
Segment EBIT at $104.6 million was 9.0% higher than the comparative period. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 29 

29

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3.

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

(b)

Division Results (continued) 

Auto Retailing (continued) 

Like  for  like  sales  growth  of  4.4%  was  driven  by  improvements  across  all  key  metrics  of  average  item  value,  average  items  per 
transaction  and  total  transactions.  Gross  margin  improvements  were  again  driven  by  ranging  and  sourcing  initiatives.  Operating 
costs leverage was achieved after accommodating increased investment in store services standards. 

The  Supercheap  Auto  Club  Plus  membership  increased  to  1.6  million  by  2  July  2016,  with  active  members  (members  that  have 
purchased in the last 12 months) totalling over 1.1 million. Sales attributable to club members are increasing and club members 
continue to have higher average transaction values than non-club members. 

Supercheap Auto has an ongoing focus on sales and margin growth with particular focus on store refurbishment, ranging initiatives, 
private brand development, partnering with the world’s best automotive brands and team engagement. 

All the major product categories delivered positive growth during the financial year with particularly strong growth being achieved 
in the audio, car care, lubricants and spare parts categories. The strongest like for like sales growth was achieved in New Zealand. 
All Australian states achieved like for like growth. 

The business opened eight new stores and closed one store during the year. The store refurbishment program increased this year 
to 46 stores including  twelve converted to superstores. At 2 July 2016, there were 307  stores across Australia and New  Zealand 
with the business targeting an additional 33 stores over the next 3 years.  

Customer response to the store of the future concept continues to be strong as the stores provides a more engaging interactive 
shopping experience for the customer. The business is planning to refurbish around 50 stores and open 15 stores in the new format 
in the coming year.  

During  the  year  the  business  extended  the  retail  trade  offer  to  provide  a  stronger  trade  offering  to  existing  and  new  trade 
customers growing trade sales by 100%. 

The business continues to invest in the development of digital engagement for customer through web site development, increasing 
product videos and partnering integrations. Supercheap Auto has extended the omni-channel offering through the introduction of 
90  minute  click  and  collect  promise,  track  and  trace  for  home  deliveries  increasing  e-commerce  sales  by  84%  above  the  prior 
comparable period. 

Leisure Retailing 

Divisional sales at $581.9 million were 7.1% higher with like for like sales growth being 4.4%.  The Leisure Segment EBIT result at 
$18.6 million was $13.7 million below the prior comparative period. Segment EBIT margin was 3.2%, which was 2.7% lower than 
the prior comparative.  This decline was driven by a shift in pricing and promotion strategy, higher purchase costs and inventory 
clearance. 

During the year the BCF business saw gross margin compression due to poor execution of an everyday low price strategy across a 
portion of the range. This strategy was adjusted after the key Christmas trading period and has resulted in gross margin recovery 
over the balance of the second half of the financial year. 

The BCF business has improved like for like sales through the year regaining strong transaction and average item per transaction 
growth.  This  sales  growth  has  been  achieved  despite  weak  demand  within  its  core  Queensland  retail  market.  All  categories 
achieved  like  for  like  growth.  Fishing,  Camping  and  Apparel  have  performed  the  strongest.  All  states  achieved  like  for  like  sales 
growth. 

The BCF club loyalty program continued to grow in the financial year with active membership totalling over one million members. 
The BCF club membership group have higher levels of visitation, average transaction value and engagement than other customers. 
Increasing and deepening engagement with BCF club members was and remains a key strategy for the business. 

The business opened four new stores and closed one store during the year taking total store numbers to 120.  BCF expects to reach 
150  stores  in  the  next  four  years.  The  business  has  continued  to  refine  its  store  of  the  future  concept  extending  the  pilot  to  15 
stores during the 2016 financial year. Further testing and rollout is planned for the 2017 financial year.  

30
30 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3.

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

(b)

Division Results (continued) 

Leisure Retailing (continued) 

BCF continues to be focused on driving inventory improvements in the store network, supply chain and through collaborating with 
trade partners. Good progress has been made this year in extending more trade partners into the Group’s distribution centres and 
developing the businesses inventory planning capabilities. 

As  outlined  earlier,  during  the  year  the  Group  accelerated  the  strategic  review  of  the  Ray’s  Outdoors  business.  This  will  involve 
reducing the business to a small network of 17 stores primarily based in Victoria. The performance of the first group of Rays pilot 
stores  has  confirmed  the  potential  to  establish  a  meaningful  business  in  the  outdoor  adventure  market.  Transformation  of  12 
stores to the new Rays format will be undertaken in the 2016/17 financial year. The transformation of the Rays business is expected 
to contribute a benefit of $8 million on an annualised basis when complete. 

The Group has taken up restructuring costs of $38.3 million this financial year to close 21 and convert to other Group brands 17 of 
the remaining 38 Ray’s Outdoors stores, which is expected to be completed by the end of September 2016. At 2 July 2016, two of 
the Ray’s Outdoors stores had already closed. 

Sports Retailing 

Divisional sales at $910.2 million were 9.0% higher than the prior period and Segment EBIT at $77.8 million was 18.6% higher than 
the prior period. Like for like sales growth for Rebel and Amart Sports was 6.3%. 

Like for like sale growth in Rebel and Amart Sports was driven by growth in transactions and average transaction value. The key 
categories of Clothing and Footwear delivered strong like for like growth and gross margin improvements. Sub-category highlights 
were the strong growth in Football and the strong and consistent growth across men’s, women’s and kids apparel. Pleasingly, the 
Hard Goods category achieved good sales growth and gross margin expansion.  

The Sports division remains focused on building customer engagement with the key brands. Rebel Active and Team Amart loyalty 
programs have grown strongly again with active members now totalling 1.5 million and 0.3 million respectively. Members of the 
loyalty programs have higher average transaction values and higher visitation levels.  

The division has continued to build the Amart Sports business in Victoria and New South Wales with five new stores opened and 
one store closed during the year. Three Rebel stores were opened and three Rebel stores were closed during the year.  

The transformation of the Workout World business was advanced in the financial year. The business is now being run from within 
the Rebel business and two stores are being trialled with the RebelFIT brand. A total of the old 10 Workout World stores remain 
and are now included in the Rebel store count.  At 2 July 2016 there were 101 Rebel stores and 60 Amart Sports stores. 

Sports  Retailing  inventory  management  performance  has  improved  this  year  with  aged  inventory  closing  at  a  record  low  of  just 
3.1%. Average inventory per store in Rebel improved and increased slightly in Amart Sports. This result was delivered despite an 
increased cost base due to the Australian Dollar decline and an increase in private brands. 

In  November  2015  the  Group  took  its  controlling  interest  in  Infinite  Retail  from  50.05%  to  95%.  Infinite  Retail  operates  the 
Fangear.com website, a  number of other merchandising websites and event activity for major sporting codes. Integration of the 
business was completed during  the year, improving operating costs and governance of the business. The business contributed a 
loss  of  $5.6  million  to  the  Sports  Division  EBIT  result  for  the  financial  year.  During  the  year  it  was  identified  that  a  number  of 
business contracts were unprofitable and the Group has taken restructuring costs of $5.0m to address key loss making contracts 
and to bring the business to profitability from financial year 2017.   

The  strong  underlying  sales  growth,  gross  margin  expansion  and  benefits  from  the  restructuring  of  the  Workout  World  business 
have contributed to the 18.6% increase in the Sports Segment EBIT of $77.8 million.  

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 31 

31

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3.

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

(b)

Division Results (continued) 

Group Costs 

Group  costs  for  the  period  were  $25.7  million,  including  $6.9 million  in  corporate  costs,  $8.0  million  related  to  un-utilised 
distribution centre space, $8.2 million related digital including investment in digital businesses and $2.6 million in costs associated 
with commercial and other projects.  

(c)

Financial Position and Cash Flow 

BALANCE SHEET 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax (liabilities) / assets 
Total working capital 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Net debt 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Provisions 
Deferred taxes 

NET ASSETS 

CASH FLOW 
Net cash inflow from operations 
Net cash (outflow) from investing 
Net cash (outflow) from financing 
Net increase / (decrease) in cash 

Cash at the beginning of the period 
Effects of exchange rates on cash 
Cash at the end of the period 

2016 
$m 

42.7 
501.9 
(292.8) 
(6.3) 
245.5 

15.6 
(415.8) 
(400.2) 

236.9 
772.4 
(8.0) 
(87.9) 
(24.7) 

734.0 

159.2 
(79.9) 
(77.0) 
2.3 

13.1 
0.2 
15.6 

2015 
$m 

29.3 
505.6 
(305.3) 
2.9 
232.5 

13.1 
(392.0) 
(378.9) 

224.1 
801.3 
2.7 
(64.9) 
(51.5) 

765.3 

182.0 
(71.9) 
(121.1) 
(11.0) 

24.2 
(0.1) 
13.1 

Net assets for the Group decreased $31.3 million on the prior year largely due to the $20.0 million impairment write down of the 
Ray’s Outdoors brand name intangible asset.   

Group Net Debt was $400.2 million, which was $21.3 million higher than the prior year.  This is a direct result of the 53 week year 
ending on 2 July 2016 impacting timing of cash outflows.  Net cash outflows relating to the 53rd week equate to $37.9 million.  Net 
debt remains comfortably within the Group’s facility limits and the Group remains within its banking covenants. 

Cash flow from operations of $159.2 million was $15.1 million higher than the prior year on a like for like basis after removing the 
impact of the 53rd week.  This is due to improvements in working capital management year on year and is a strong cash flow result 
despite showing an actual $22.8 million decrease on the prior comparative period.   

Group capital expenditure cash flow was $79.9 million which included $56.1 million in new and refurbished store fit out, and $23.8 
million in information technology projects, inventory management projects and general capital expenditure. 

32
32 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3.

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

(d)

Dividends 

Super Retail Group has declared a 21.5 cents per share fully franked final dividend for 2016.  This will result in a full year dividend of 
41.5 cents per share fully franked, an increase of 3.8% over the prior year.  This represents a dividend payout ratio of 65 per cent of 
underlying NPAT. 

(e)

Material Business Risks 

The Group recognises that all of its businesses operate in an environment of change and uncertainty and is committed to managing 
the potential risks associated with this uncertainty in a continuous, proactive and systematic way. The Group regularly reviews the 
possible impact of these risks and seeks to minimise this impact through a commitment to its corporate governance principles and 
its various risk management functions. 

The material business risks faced by the Group that are likely to have an effect on the financial prospects of the Group and how the 
Group manages these risks include:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

Global competition - The Retail market is becoming increasingly a global market place through the impact of on-line shopping 
and  overseas  retailers’  inward  investment  into  Australasia  which  expose  the  Group  to  a  new  higher  level  of  competition. 
Therefore  the  Group  has  to  increasingly  benchmark  its  customer  offering  and  business  model  against  global  on-line  and 
physical retail businesses. The Group’s strategic change programs have been developed to build the capabilities required to 
be successful in the global market place. With competitors constantly seeking to enter the market with improved designs, the 
Group sees this risk increasing in the future. 
Digital - The proliferation and growth of new sales and marketing channels will make it increasingly challenging to ‘stand out 
from the crowd’ and to develop customer loyalty. With digitally enabled competitors constantly seeking to enter the market 
with improved designs, the Group sees this risk increasing in the future. Increased digital disruption requires new and agile 
forms  of  development  and  consequentially  impact  on  the  Group’s  business  models  and  ways  of  working.   The  Group’s 
strategies are focused on developing a strong and well supported digital capability to ensure the Group manages the pace of 
change  in  technology  and  its  impact  on  customer  expectations  and  business  models.    The  Group  continues  to  develop 
mitigating omni-channel strategies leveraging its existing market presence. 
The  breakdown  of  traditional  business  models  -  The  breakdown  of  traditional  business  models  with  retailers  becoming 
manufacturers and brand owners, while brand owners and manufacturers are becoming retailers, is increasing competition 
risk and cost pressures. The Group continues to develop its sourcing and product and brand development capabilities. These 
risks are continuously monitored and mitigation strategies updated. Some of these actions include an annual review of brand 
strategies, regular customer research, and external research of brand perception. Targets are in place for private brand sales 
for each business. The Group is also discussing opportunities to reduce the cost of supply chain with its major trade partners 
and to develop mutual  business  opportunities. The Group does not expect any significant change in this risk over the  next 
couple of years. 
Customer power - Customer expectations have changed significantly over the last few years and will continue to do so in the 
future. The Group recognises changes to consumer behaviour and engagement methods will require the Group to ‘earn the 
right’ to meet a customer need. There is an increasing expectation of engaging experiences, solutions rather than products 
and ‘do it for me’ rather than ‘do it yourself’. The Group’s businesses are all considering opportunities to add the provision of 
information  and  services  to  its  customer  offering  as  well  as  product.  In  addition  the  Group  has  a  focus  on  customer 
engagement to its strategic programs. This will cover interaction with the customer across all channels – store, on-line, social 
media and traditional media. The Group believes that this will remain a consistent risk in the retail market for years to come 
and if not adequately managed will result in loss of sales to alternative suppliers. 
Supply Chain and Inventory Management - In order to meet increasing customer expectations, the Group requires an agile, 
low cost responsive supply chain to remain competitive. The Group has made substantial investments in an updated supply 
chain network and supporting information systems. The Group continues to pursue opportunities to reduce the cost of the 
supply chain through improved delivery models with its major trade partners including the development of mutual business 
opportunities. Risks associated with the supply chain remains constant. Ineffective or inefficient management of inventory is 
a  significant  risk  to  all  retailers.  For  the  Group  to  be  successful  it  must  improve  inventory  efficiencies,  whilst  improving 
customer service. The Group continues to develop its sourcing, product and brand development capabilities. Targets remain 
in  place  for  private  brand  sales  for  each  business.  The  Group  also  performs  an  annual  review  of  brand  strategies,  regular 
customer research and external research of brand perception. 
Organisation structure, culture and capabilities - Attraction, retention, engagement, safety and succession of team members 
are key risks to be managed to maximise financial growth in the retail sector. The Group has undertaken strategies that have 
successfully  mitigated  these  risks.  However,  the  significant  changes  required  to  accommodate  digital  strategies  will  make 
these  strategies  critical  to  the  Group’s  long  term  success.  The  Group’s  strategic  programs  are  focused  on  developing  the 
capabilities the Group requires to successfully operate a multi-channel retail business.  

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 33 

33

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3.

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

(e)

•

•

•

Material Business Risks (continued) 

Stakeholder  management  and  expectations  -  Confidence  in  our  brands  is  critical  for  the  Group’s  success,  key  external 
stakeholders can have a material impact on the Group’s reputation and the Group recognises the importance of minimising 
the risk of breach of corporate policy, fraud or compliance in legislation/ regulations. The increase in regulatory controls and 
compliance obligations and impact of increased Corporate Social Responsibility expectations (direct and indirect) has a direct 
cost implication for the Group. The Group has developed strong compliance processes and a clear focus on Corporate Social 
Responsibility  and  sustainable  business  practices.  On-going  review  of  changes  to  regulation  and  stakeholder  sustainability 
expectations is required to assess the impact on the Group and develop appropriate response strategies.  
Financial risk - The Group’s activities expose it to a number of financial risks.  The Group adopts a financial risk management 
program which seeks to minimise the potential adverse impacts  on financial performance of the  Group. Financial risks and 
specific  risk  management  approaches  are  reported  in  more  detail  in  note  2  -  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies, 
included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 
Cyber  risk  -  The  ever-changing  nature  of  technology  offers  significant  opportunities  and  challenges  for  all  Australian 
companies in relation to maintaining a strong cyber resilience program.  Cyber security is an evolving and significant risk and 
the  Group  will  need  to  maintain  ongoing  vigilance  and  adopt  appropriate  responses  (technological  /  physical  /  other)  to 
protect  its  information  assets.  During  this  reporting  period  the  Group,  through  formal  risk  assessments,  considered  its 
exposure and there is continuous focus on mitigating emerging risks in relation to cyber risks. It is also recognised that the 
Group requires a stable, secure and efficient information systems environment that can deliver competitive advantage. The 
Group  has  made  and  will  continue  to  make  a  significant  investment  in  Information  Management  Systems  to  meet  the 
challenges of the digital economy and evolving technology landscape. The Group believes that this will remain a consistent 
and increasing risk requiring ongoing management. 

3.3 

Dividends 

Dividends paid or declared by the Group to members since the end of the previous financial year were: 

Declared and paid during the year: 
2015 final fully franked dividend 
2016 interim fully franked dividend 

Declared after end of year: 
2016 final fully franked dividend 

Cents per share 

Total amount 
$m 

Payment date 

21.5 
20.0 

21.5 

42.4 
39.5 

2 October 2015 
8 April 2016 

42.4 

7 October 2016 

3.4 

Significant Changes in the State of Affairs 

There were no significant changes in the Group’s state of affairs during the period. 

3.5 

Matters Subsequent to the End of the Financial Year 

Since 2 July 2016 Super Retail Group Limited does not have any matters subsequent to the end of the financial year to be disclosed. 

3.6 

Likely Developments and Future Prospects 

Information on likely developments in the operations of the Group is set out in this report under the section Review of Financial 
Condition.    Further  information  on  the  expected  results  of  operations  has  not  been  included  in  this  Annual  Report  because  the 
Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group. 

3.7 

Environmental Regulation 

The  Group’s  environmental  obligations  are  regulated  under  State,  Territory  and  Federal  Law.    The  Group  has  an  Environmental 
Management  System  in  place  and  a  policy  of  complying  with  its  environmental  performance  obligations.    All  material 
environmental performance obligations are monitored by the Board.  No environmental breaches have been notified to the Group 
during the period ended 2 July 2016. 

34
34 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report - Audited 

Contents 

Section 1 
Section 2 
Section 3 
Section 4 
Section 5 
Section 6 
Section 7 
Section 8 
Section 9 
Section 10 
Section 11 

Remuneration Strategy and Policy  
Role of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee 
Key Management Personnel 
Senior Executive Remuneration Structure 
Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Structure 
Relationship of Remuneration to Group Performance 
Remuneration Outcomes for 2016 
Remuneration Changes for 2017 
Service Agreements 
Period of Restraint 
Additional Information 

Section 1: Remuneration Strategy and Policy 

One of the Group’s core principles is that the attraction, development,  engagement and  retention of passionate team members 
provides a competitive advantage which is fundamental to the long term success of the Group. The maintenance of a workplace 
culture and the development of people practices that support this principle are strategic priorities for the Group. 

The  development  of  people  practices  covers  a  number  of  areas  including  attraction,  diversity,  learning  and  development, 
engagement, workplace health and safety, talent and succession management, and remuneration and benefits.  

Remuneration  and  benefits  practices  are  set  in  the  context  of  an  overall  policy  to  provide  market  competitive  remuneration 
arrangements which support the attraction, development, engagement and retention of passionate team members, and that are 
aligned with the interests of shareholders. 

The Group is committed to creating a high performance culture. The philosophy is to provide flexible and competitive market based 
total remuneration arrangements that are linked to the performance of the Group and its businesses and support services. 

The key elements of the Remuneration Policy are: 
•

to provide competitive total remuneration arrangements that enable  the Group to attract and retain  high performing team 
members, and to reward them for their contribution to the success of the Group; 
to align remuneration arrangements with the delivery of sustainable value to the Group’s shareholders; 
to  maintain  a  pay  for  performance  environment  through  linking  incentive  pay  opportunities  to  the  achievement  of  specific, 
measurable business goals; 
to  position  base  salaries  at  or  around  the  median  and  performance  incentives  in  the  2nd  quartile  of  relevant  market 
remuneration levels, subject to individual performance; 
to provide gender pay equity across the Group through regular analysis and review; 
to provide arrangements with the flexibility to recognise individuals based on performance, experience and qualifications; and 
to provide equitable, fair and consistent pay arrangements across the Group through a systematic methodology involving job 
value and market positioning. 

•
•

•

•
•
•

Remuneration  can  include  a  number  of  different  elements  such  as  base  pay,  superannuation,  short  term  incentives,  long  term 
incentives, tools of trade, study and relocation assistance, share plans and novated lease arrangements. The elements of the total 
remuneration package may vary according to the job role, team members experience and performance and market practice.  The 
Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  his  direct  reports  (senior  executives)  are  remunerated  under  a  Total 
Reward Structure.  

For the 2016 Financial Year remuneration benchmarking for all key management personnel (KMP) was sourced from Ernst & Young 
(EY) Remuneration Consultants. The Board referenced three sets of comparator groups to benchmark remuneration, being: 
• Market Capitalisation and revenue comparator group: S&P/ASX 200 companies within 50% to 200% of Super Retail Group’s 12 

month average market capitalisation and within 50% to 200% of Super Retail Group’s budgeted sales revenue;  

• Market Capitalisation and GICS comparator group: S&P/ASX 200 companies within the ‘Consumer Discretionary Sector’ Global 
Industry  Classification  Standard  (GICS)  and  also  within  50%  to  200%  of  Super  Retail  Group’s  12  month  average  market 
capitalisation; and 

• Market  Capitalisation  comparator  group:  S&P/ASX  200  companies  within  50%  to  200%  of  Super  Retail  Group’s  12  month 

average market capitalisation. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 35 

35

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 1: Remuneration Strategy and Policy (continued) 

Section 2: Role of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee

The  primary  objective  of  the  Committee  is  to  assist  the  Board  to  fulfil  its  corporate  governance  and  oversight  responsibilities  in 
relation  to  the  Group’s  people  strategy  including  remuneration  components,  performance  measurements  and  accountability 
frameworks, recruitment, engagement, retention, talent management and succession planning. 

The  Committee  undertakes  an  annual  review  of  the  Group’s  remuneration  strategy  and  remuneration  policy  to  facilitate 
understanding  of  the  overall  approach  to  remuneration,  and  to  confirm  alignment  with  the  Group’s  business  strategy,  high 
standards of governance and compliance with regulatory standards.  

The Committee reviews and recommends to the Board for approval, remuneration arrangements for the Group Managing Director 
and Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives. The Committee reviews the arrangements on an annual basis against the 
Remuneration Policy, obtaining independent external remuneration advice where appropriate. 

The Committee undertakes an annual review of the Group’s performance management system to confirm the integrity of systems 
and processes in making incentive based payments. The Committee also verifies compliance with vesting or exercise requirements 
for equity based rewards. 

The  Committee  establishes  the  policy  for  the  remuneration  arrangements  for  Non-Executive  Directors,  reviewing  remuneration 
arrangements annually and obtaining independent external remuneration advice where appropriate.  

The Committee reviews and recommends to the Board for approval the Remuneration Report and any other report required to be 
produced for shareholders to meet regulatory requirements. 

The Committee reviews its Charter at least once in each financial year.  

Section 3: Key Management Personnel 

The names and titles of the Group’s key management personnel (KMP) (being those persons having authority and responsibility for 
planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity) are set out below.   

Non-Executive Directors 

Current: 
R J Wright 
R A Rowe 
R J Skippen 
S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert  
L K Inman 

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

36
36 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 3: Key Management Personnel (continued) 

Executive Director 

P A Birtles  

Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Other KMP 

Current:  
Chief Financial Officer 
D J Burns  
E A Berchtold  
Managing Director – Sports Division 
C D Wilesmith   Managing Director – Auto Division  
A M Heraghty  
G G Carroll 

Managing Director – Leisure Division  
Chief Supply Chain Officer (resigned effective 22 July 2016) 

Section 4: Senior Executive Remuneration Structure 

The senior executive remuneration structure is reviewed annually by the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee against 
the Remuneration Policy, external remuneration practices, market expectations and regulatory standards. 

The  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  together  with  the  other  executive  key  management  personnel,  are 
remunerated under a Total Reward structure consisting of three elements: 
•
•
•

Base Salary Package (inclusive of superannuation contributions, car allowance and other non-monetary benefits); 
Short Term Incentive (STI); 
Long Term Incentive (LTI). 

The  mix  of  remuneration  between  fixed  and  variable  components  is  determined  having  regard  to  the  seniority  of  the  role,  the 
responsibilities of the role for driving business performance and for developing and implementing business strategy and external 
remuneration practices.  

Reward Structure Split 

(i)
The mix of fixed and at risk components for each of the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and executive KMPs 
disclosed in the Remuneration Report, as a percentage of total target annual remuneration for the 2016 financial year, is as follows:  

The chart above assumes that a full STI is received and that the LTI fully vests – the actual reward is dependent on the achievement 
of performance targets.  

The  LTI  component  is  based  on  the  notional  monetary  value  at  the  time  of  grant.  This  notional  valuation  may  differ  from  the 
accounting valuation which considers probability of vesting and other factors. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 37 

37

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 4: Senior Executive Remuneration Structure (continued) 

(a)

Base Salary Package 

The Remuneration Policy provides executive KMP a base salary package that reflects the median market base salary package for a 
comparable  role  in  a  similarly  sized  publicly  listed  company  operating  in  the  retail  and  consumer  goods  industry.  The  KMP’s 
performance, skills and experience are also considered in determining the base salary package. 

The  base  salary  package  comprises  base  pay  and  superannuation  and  may  include  prescribed  non-financial  benefits  at  the 
executives’  discretion  on  a  salary  sacrifice  basis.    The  Group  provides  superannuation  contributions  in  line  with  statutory 
obligations.  

Base  salary  packages  for  executive  KMPs  are  reviewed  annually  by  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee  and 
recommendations are made to the Board. There is no guaranteed base salary increases in any  executive KMP’s service contract.  
Approved amendments to base salary packages are effective from the commencement of the new financial year. 

(b)

Short Term Incentive (STI) 

The  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  other  executive  KMP  are  invited  to  participate  in  a  short  term 
incentive  scheme  that  provides  cash  rewards  for  the  achievement  of  performance  targets  that  are  consistent  with  the  Group’s 
approved business plan and that are aligned to delivering sustainable value to shareholders. 

The  scheme  is  directly  linked  to  the  Group’s  overall  performance  and  takes  into  consideration  both  company  and  divisional 
performance measures and individual performance targets. 

Company and Divisional Performance Measures 

(i)
Achievement  of  company  performance  measures  determines  the  STI  bonus  pool  from  which  the  Group  Managing  Director  and 
Chief Executive Officer and executive KMP are paid. 

The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee recommends to the Board an annual profit before tax target. In setting this 
target, the Committee considers the profit projections set out in the Group’s approved business plan and investor expectations. 

Should actual profit before tax exceed the profit before tax target, a STI bonus pool is created to a value of 20% of the amount that 
Group profit before tax exceeds the target.  To achieve the maximum bonus potential the actual profit before tax needs to exceed 
target by 10%.  

For the year to 2 July 2016, the profit before tax target was set at $159.5 million, 21.2% higher than the profit before tax achieved 
in the period to 27 June 2015 of $131.6 million.  This target was not achieved. 

The  Divisional  Managing  Directors  are  eligible  to  achieve  an  additional  individual  performance  related  bonus  in  the  form  of  a 
Divisional Profit bonus.  The maximum opportunity is capped at 30% of base salary.  Divisional profit is measured by segment EBIT 
performance against budget. Maximum divisional STI is received when the division exceeds its budget by 10%. 

In the year to 2 July 2016, the Auto and Sports Divisions exceeded their budgets by 2.6% and 5.0% respectively while the Leisure 
Division did not achieve its budget EBIT. 

If the profit target is not met, KMPs can still earn STI up to a value of 10% of their base salary for individual performance, against a 
set of 10 key performance indicators (KPI) targets that are established at the beginning of the year.  

The Board has considered the adverse impact that the underperformance and the restructuring of the Leisure Division has had on 
the  outcome  of  company  performance  measures.    The  Board  has  resolved  to  exercise  its  discretion  and  to  award  an  additional 
incentive payment of 10% of total fixed remuneration to three of the executive KMP; namely C E Wilesmith - Managing Director – 
Auto Division, E A Berchtold – Managing Director – Sports Division and D J Burns - Chief Financial Officer.  This decision was made 
having  reference  to  the  strong  performance  of  the  Auto  and  Sports  Divisions  and  the  strong  cash  flow  management  across  the 
Group. 

Individual Performance Measures 

(ii)
Individual performance targets include both Individual KPI targets and Divisional Profit targets.  The Group Managing Director and 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  all  executive  KMP  are  eligible  for  reward  for  individual  achievement  of  KPI  targets,  with  Divisional 
Managing Directors also eligible for reward on divisional performance.  Achievement of individual performance targets determines 
the value of the STI payment rewarded. 

38 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
38

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 4: Senior Executive Remuneration Structure (continued) 

(b)

Short Term Incentive (STI) (continued) 

Individual Performance Measures (continued) 

(ii)
The  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee  is  responsible  for  setting  KPI  targets  for  the  Group  Managing  Director  and 
Chief  Executive  Officer,  with  the  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  cascading  these  KPI  targets  to  his  senior 
executives  as  appropriate.    These  KPI  targets  cover  achievement  of  financial  and  operational  performance  metrics  and  strategic 
plan  implementation  milestones  across  four  focus  areas:  Safety,  Team,  Customer  and  Business  Improvement/Financial.  The  KPI 
targets  are  consistent  with  the  overall  performance  targets  and  objectives  set  out  in  the  Group’s  business  plan.  The  level  of 
participation is dependent on the achievement of these KPI targets relevant to their area of responsibility. 

The  achievement  of  individual  KPI  targets  (independent  of  profit  performance)  shall  determine  the  proportion  of  the  potential 
bonus entitlement that will be granted.   

The individual KPI targets comprises: 
Category 
Safety 
Team 
Customer 
Business Improvement / Financial 

# of Performance Goals 
2 
2 
2 
4 

Weighting 
20% 
20% 
20% 
40% 

As the KPI targets are stretch targets – a performance rating of 80% or higher will result in 100% of the potential bonus entitlement 
being rewarded.  This is on the basis that the Safety KPI targets have been fully met.  Any shortfall on the Safety KPI targets will be 
deducted from the 100% potential. 

The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee is also responsible for assessing whether the KPI targets are achieved and for 
approving STI payments. The Committee receives reports from  management to assist  in the assessment.  The Human Resources 
and  Remuneration  Committee  have  the  authority  to  adjust  the  payment  to  reflect  any  special  circumstances  that  may  have 
prevented the achievement of the KPI targets. 

The  individual  KPIs  and  2016  achievement  as  determined  by  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  for  the  Group  Managing 
Director and Chief Executive Officer was:- 

Category 

Safety 

Performance Goals 
Safety Performance 
Safety Action 

Team 

Customer 

Business 
Improvement 
/ Financial 

Team Engagement 
Collaboration / Agility 
Paradigm Shifts 
Customer Centricity 
Paradigm Shift 
Customer Measurement 
Systems 

Group Strategy 
Development 
Supply Chain 
Development Program 
IS Transformation 
Program 

Ray’s Outdoors Future 
Option Evaluation 

Measure and Target 
30% Improvement in LTIFR to below 10 
2015/16  safety action plans implemented and delivered across 
the Group 
Group engagement  increases by 2% to 70% 
Collaboration and Agility initiatives implemented in line with 
plan and initial cultural change  evidenced 
Plan to build Group wide focus on customer centricity 
developed and initial initiatives implemented 
Consistent methodology for measurement of customer 
engagement introduced across the Group  and appropriate 
management focus applied 
Group strategic plan to deliver goals and Financial targets 
agreed with Group Board 
Key initiatives implemented and expected benefits delivered – 
DC Productivity and Transport savings 
Key initiatives progressed in line with plan –  Data Centre and 
Telecoms Service Partners, Team restructure, Security and 
Architecture 
Trial new store formats and commence planning for future 
development or closure of Ray’s Outdoors business 

Achievement 
Full 
Full 

Full 
Partial 

Full 

Full 

Full 

Partial 

Full 

Full 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 39 

39

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 4: Senior Executive Remuneration Structure (continued) 

(b)

Short Term Incentive (STI) (continued) 

Individual Performance Measures (continued) 

(iii)
The following table summarises the components of total STI, the maximum STI opportunity and the percentage achieved. 

KMP 

Maximum  
STI 
Opportunity(1) 

Company Measures 

Components of Total STI 
Individual Performance 

Divisional Performance 

Group Profit 
Opportunity 

Achieved 

Individual KPIs 
Opportunity  Achieved 

Divisional Profit 
Opportunity 

Achieved 

Discretionary 
Payment 

Group Managing Director 
and Chief Executive 
Officer 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Chief Supply Chain Officer 
Divisional Managing 
Directors 

100% 

50% 

60% 

(1) As a percentage of base salary package. 

90% 

40% 

20% 

The above table is shown graphically below: 

nil 

nil 

nil 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

n/a 

n/a 

30% 

n/a 

n/a 

nil 

nil-10% 

nil-15% 

nil-10% 

The Committee has again this year considered the deferral of a portion of the STI award into equity. This has not been introduced 
due to the Board’s assessment that: 
•
•
•

the nature of the business is one where revenue is not dependent on long term contracts; 
the Group has a strong risk management framework; 
STI payment arrangements are not excessive and the Company can demonstrate a clear link between STI payments and the 
Company performance over a number of years; and 
deferral of STI and part payment in equity may cause confusion between STI and LTI arrangements. 

•

(c)

Long Term Incentive (LTI) 

The Group’s remuneration structure aims to align long term incentives for executive KMPs and other executives with the delivery of 
sustainable  value  to  shareholders.  The  alignment  of  interests  is  important  in  ensuring  that  KMPs  and  executives  are  focused  on 
delivering sustainable returns to shareholders, whilst allowing the Group to attract and retain executives of a high calibre. 

In October 2009, the Group’s shareholders approved the establishment of the Super Retail Group Limited Performance Rights Plan 
(Plan). The Plan links the long term remuneration of KMP and Executive Officers with the economic benefit derived by shareholders 
over a three to five year period.  Participation in the Plan is by invitation only as determined by the Board. 

40 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
40

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 4: Senior Executive Remuneration Structure (continued) 

(c)

Long Term Incentive (LTI) (continued) 

The  Plan  allows  for  the  annual  grant  of  Performance  Rights  to  executive  KMP  and  other  executives.  The  grant  of  Performance 
Rights entitles the executive to be granted an equivalent number of shares upon vesting of those Performance Rights. The vesting 
of Performance Rights is subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions and service conditions as detailed in the Super Retail 
Employee Performance Rights Plan Rules available on the Group’s external website.   

The  performance  conditions  were  amended  as  approved  at  the  2014  Annual  General  Meeting  and  will  be  satisfied  if  the  Group 
achieves certain earnings per share (EPS) and return on capital (ROC) performance hurdles over a three year period (Performance 
Period) as determined by the Board. 

The EPS Performance Hurdle – EPS Compound Annual Growth Rate (50% of Grant) 
At the end of the Performance Period the normalised EPS compound annual growth rate of shares is calculated. If the normalised 
EPS compound annual growth rate is equal to 10%, then 50% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest. If the normalised 
EPS compound annual growth rate is 15% or better, all the Performance Rights will be available to vest. Between 10% and 15%, 
Performance Rights will vest on a pro rata basis. 

The ROC Performance Hurdle – Averaged ROC (50% of Grant) 
At the end of the Performance  Period the averaged ROC over the Performance Period is calculated. If the averaged ROC is 12%, 
then 50% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest. If the averaged ROC is 15% or better, all the Performance Rights will 
be available to vest. Between 12% and 15%, Performance Rights will vest on a pro rata basis.   

Under these performance hurdles, for the plan to achieve 100% vesting the cumulative EPS growth must be at least 15%, and ROC 
must average at least 15%.   

If the performance conditions are satisfied within the Performance Period, the Performance Rights will vest over the subsequent 
years in accordance with the following schedule: 

Time after grant of Performance Rights 
3 years 
4 years 
5 years 

% of Performance Rights that vest 

50% 
25% 
25% 

Participating executives are prohibited from entering into any hedging arrangements in relation to Performance Rights. 

The notional value of Performance Rights granted to executive KMP and other executives is determined on a face value basis using 
the VWAP for SRG shares traded on the ASX on the five trading days from and including the release of the Group’s results for the 
preceding  reporting  period.  The  number  of  Performance  Rights  granted  to  each  KMP  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the 
Executive Remuneration Structure outlined above, and have a value of between 50% and 78% of their base salary.  The value of 
Performance Rights for grant purposes may differ from the accounting valuation which considers probability of vesting and other 
factors. 

Executives must be employed at the time of vesting to receive the Performance Rights grant.  The Board has discretion to amend 
the employment requirement based on the circumstances associated with the executive KMP and other executives leaving.  The 
Board plans to exercise its discretion where an employee leaves due to retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, or termination by 
mutual  consent.  The  employee  may  retain  entitlement  to  a  portion  of  the  Performance  Rights  prorated  to  reflect  the  period  of 
service from the start of the Performance Period to the date of departure. After the employees’ departure the Performance Rights 
would  only  be  available  to  vest  to  the  extent  that  the  performance  conditions  are  met.  Where  an  employee  leaves  due  to 
resignation or termination with cause, all unvested Performance Rights will lapse. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 41 

41

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 5: Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Structure 

The  Group’s  remuneration  strategy  is  designed  to  attract  and  retain  experienced,  qualified  Non-Executive  Directors  and  to 
remunerate appropriately to reflect the demands which are made on them and the responsibilities of the position. The level of fees 
are reviewed annually by the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee. 

Additional  fees  are  paid  to  the  Chairs  and  members  of  the  Audit  and  Risk,  and  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration 
Committees. This reflects the additional time commitment required by the Chairs and members of these committees. 

Non-Executive Directors’ Fees are determined within an aggregate Directors’ fee pool approved by shareholders. The current fee 
pool of $1,200,000 per annum was approved at the Annual General Meeting on 23 October 2013. This pool provides the capacity to 
appoint  additional  directors  to  facilitate  board  succession  and  regeneration  and  to  apply  the  Group’s  remuneration  policy.  No 
increase in the pool is proposed for the 2017 financial year. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are inclusive of statutory superannuation contributions.  The focus of the Board is on the strategic 
direction  of  the  Group  and  the  creation  of  sustainable  shareholder  value.    Non-Executive  Directors  do  not  receive  shares, 
Performance  Rights  or  Share  Options  as  part  of  their  remuneration.  Non-Executive  Directors  may  opt  each  year  to  receive  a 
proportion of their remuneration in Super Retail Group Limited shares, which would be acquired on market. 

Directors’ Fees 

(a)
The fees paid to Non-Executive  Directors are set out in the table below and are annual fees, inclusive of superannuation, unless 
otherwise stated.  Director’s fees were last adjusted in July 2014. 

Chairman(1) 
Other Non-Executive Directors 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
Chair of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee 
Committee Member(2) 
(1) Committee fees are not paid to the Chairman. 
(2) Committee fees are not paid to members of the Nomination Committee. 

Section 6: Relationship of Remuneration to Group Performance 

2016 
300,000 
135,000 
25,000 
20,000 
10,000 

The performance of the Group and remuneration paid to KMP over the last 6 years is summarised in the following table: 

Financial performance 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

     2,112.1  

2015(1) 
2,238.7 

2016(2) 
2,422.2 

CAGR(3)  
17% 

   1,092.3  

    2,020.0  

    1,654.1  

77.7 
17.3 

134.3 
15.9 

Sales ($m) 
Normalised Profit before tax 
($m) 
Normalised Post Tax ROC (%) 
Shareholder value created 
Normalised Earnings Per 
Share(¢) 
Dividends Per Share (¢) 
June Share Price ($) 
(1) Results from continuing operations. 
(2) 2016 is a 53 week reporting period compared to 52 weeks for the previous 5 years. 
(3) Percentage movement shown is the Compound Annual Growth Rate over the last 5 years. 

58.1 
38.0 
11.97 

53.7 
32.0 
7.19 

40.9 
29.0 
7.00 

163.0 
12.6 

158.6 
11.3 

148.6 
10.6 

155.9 
10.7 

55.1 
40.0 
8.46 

54.0 
40.0 
9.40 

55.1 
41.5 
8.77 

15% 

6% 
7% 
5% 

Remuneration Expense of Key Management Personnel  

Base Salary Package  
Short Term Incentive  
Long Term Incentive  
Total  

2011 
$m 
2.7 
1.1 
0.7 
4.5 

2012 
$m 
3.1 
1.1 
1.1 
5.3 

2013 
$m 
3.9 
1.5 
1.5 
6.9 

2014 
$m 
4.8 
0.4 
0.4 
5.6 

2015 
$m 
4.9 
0.4 
0.1 
5.4 

2016(1) 
$m 
5.4 
0.8 
0.5 
6.7 

(1) 2016 is a 53 week reporting period compared to 52 weeks for the previous 5 years and excludes “Other” remuneration. 

Since 2011 normalised earnings per share has increased by 34.7%, dividends per share have increased by 43.1% and the share price 
has increased by 25.3% demonstrating a balance between strategic growth and shareholder value.  

42
42 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 6: Relationship of Remuneration to Group Performance (continued) 

During the same period, total remuneration paid to KMP has increased by 48.9% whilst total base salary has increased by 100.0%. 
During this period the number of executive KMP increased from 5 to 6.  The amount of total remuneration is significantly impacted 
by the value of incentive payments which have varied over the years in line with Group performance.  

Total remuneration paid to KMP as a proportion of normalised profit before tax was 5.8% in 2011 and has decreased to 4.3% in 
2016. 

KMP STI paid compared to EPS over the last 6 financial years: 

KMP LTI expense compared to EPS over the last 6 financial years:  

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 43 

43

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 7: Remuneration Outcomes for 2016 
Details of the remuneration of the Directors and KMP of the Group are set out in the following tables:  
2016 

Short-term Benefits 

Post-
employment 

Share-based 

Name 

Non-Executive Directors 
R J Wright  
R A Rowe 
R J Skippen 
S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert(4)  
L K Inman(4) 
Subtotal 
Executive Director 
P A Birtles 
Other KMP 
D J Burns 
E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty(5) 
G G Carroll(6) 
Subtotal 
Total 

2015 

Name 

Cash 
salary  
and fees 
$ 

280,692 
105,215 
155,251 
150,685 
96,640 
105,821 
894,304 

Cash 
bonus 
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits 
$ 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 

Performance 
Rights (1) 
$ 

Other (2) 

$ 

Total (3) 
(53 weeks) 
$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

19,308 
33,952 
14,749 
14,315 
9,181 
- 
91,505 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

300,000 
139,167 
170,000 
165,000 
105,821 
105,821 
985,809 

1,199,688 

120,000 

3,710 

21,465 

174,321 

28,985 

1,548,169 

617,340 
612,244 
567,513 
690,431 
510,321 
4,197,537 
5,091,841 

125,000 
229,255 
170,100 
75,000 
52,000 
771,355 
771,355 

- 
30,577 
48,923 
54,047 
- 
137,257 
137,257 

20,414 
20,460 
26,336 
20,643 
20,223 
129,541 
221,046 

53,158 
72,131 
72,980 
120,024 
(39,424) 
453,190 
453,190 

3,833 
33,354 
(14,887) 
340,297 
18,561 
410,143 
410,143 

819,745 
998,021 
870,965 
1,300,442 
561,681 
6,099,023 
7,084,832 

Short-term Benefits 

Post-
employment 

Share-based 

Cash 
salary  
and fees 
$ 

Cash 
bonus 
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits 
$ 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 

Performance 
Rights(1) 
$ 

Other(2) 

Total 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

1,153,145 

18,783 
28,720 
14,749 
14,315 
11,206 
87,773 

281,217 
116,280 
155,251 
150,685 
117,961 
821,394 

Non-Executive Directors 
R J Wright  
R A Rowe 
R J Skippen 
S A Pitkin 
R A Murray(7) 
Subtotal 
Executive Director 
P A Birtles 
Other KMP 
D J Burns 
D F Ajala(10) 
E A Berchtold(8) 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty(5) 
G G Carroll(6)  
S J Doyle(9) 
Subtotal 
Total 
(1) As a result of confirming that prior issues of Performance Rights will not vest into shares, the Performance Rights value includes the reversal of 
amounts reported in prior periods.  This results in certain positions displaying as negative values.  Due to length of service A M Heraghty has no 
reversal of prior amounts reported.  

672,659 
508,226 
505,456 
604,463 
235,406 
524,999 
299,053 
4,840,108 
5,749,275 

581,117 
401,817 
490,122 
476,217 
120,499 
481,181 
35,940 
3,740,038 
4,561,432 

10,207 
22,398 
(23,091) 
12,050 
63,353 
6,155 
232,004 
375,260 
375,260 

2,452 
(7,172) 
(50,079) 
(1,587) 
- 
(18,656) 
26,413 
96,533 
96,533 

100 
- 
27,346 
45,000 
46,858 
36 
- 
122,412 
122,412 

18,783 
33,183 
18,783 
18,783 
4,696 
18,783 
4,696 
136,490 
224,263 

60,000 
58,000 
42,375 
54,000 
- 
37,500 
- 
369,375 
369,375 

300,000 
145,000 
170,000 
165,000 
129,167 
909,167 

1,489,846 

145,162 

117,500 

52,184 

18,783 

3,072 

(2) Includes accruals for annual leave and long service leave entitlements, sign-on bonus based on successful completion of probation period in lieu 
of forgone incentives from previous employer of $300,000 paid to A M Heraghty in 2016 and also termination payments for S J Doyle in 2015. 
(3) The reporting period of 28 June 2015 to 2 July 2016 is a period representing 53 weeks, compared to the comparative reporting period 29 June 

2014 to 27 June 2015 representing 52 weeks which has resulted in a $0.1 million increase in expense for the period. 

(4) D J Eilert and L K Inman commenced as KMP on 21 October 2015. 
(5) A M Heraghty commenced with the Group and as KMP on 27 April 2015.  His 2015 non-monetary benefits includes a relocation reimbursement.  
(6) G G Carroll resigned effective 22 July 2016 and ceased as KMP on this date. 
(7) R A Murray resigned effective 29 April 2015. 
(8) E A Berchtold adjusted base salary is reflective of a period of unpaid leave taken during the 2015 financial year. 
(9) S J Doyle resigned effective 1 August 2014 and ceased as KMP on this date.
(10) D F Ajala ceased to be a KMP effective 28 June 2015 due to changes in nature of his responsibility for planning, directing, controlling activities.

44
44 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 7: Remuneration Outcomes for 2016 (continued) 

(a)

Remuneration related to performance 

Both STI and LTI are awarded based on performance.  The achievement rates of both STI and LTI are detailed below, indicating the 
relative proportions paid and forfeited linked to each performance based remuneration. 

Short Term Incentives 

(i)
STI is dependent on the satisfaction of performance conditions as set out in Section 4(b) - Short Term Incentives.  The 2016 STI cash 
bonus was awarded on 25 August 2016.  No part of the bonuses are payable in future years. 

Long Term Incentives 

(ii)
LTI  is  dependent  on  the  satisfaction  of  performance  conditions  and  service  conditions  as  set  out  in  Section  4(c)  -  Long  Term 
Incentives.  

Performance Rights over equity instruments of Super Retail Group Limited 
The movement during the reporting period in the number of performance rights over ordinary shares in the Company held directly 
or indirectly or beneficially, by each KMP, including their related parties is as per the table below. 

Held at  
27 June 
2015 
Number 

Granted(1) 
Number 

Vested 
Number 

Other 
Changes(2) 
Number 

Held at  
2 July 
2016(3) 
Number 

Value of Performance 
Rights granted in year 
$ 

Financial year  
in which grant vests 
Year 

25,000 
31,650 
110,000 
110,000 
100,000 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
104,516 

(25,000) 
(15,825) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
(110,000) 
- 
- 
- 

21,615 
32,017 
- 

35,712 
26,137 
37,519 
- 

3,145 
4,335 
11,687 
22,838 
35,859 
- 

- 
- 
34,994 

- 
- 
- 
45,291 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
43,897 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(3,145) 
(2,168) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

(35,712) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
(11,687) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
15,825 
- 
110,000 
100,000 
104,516 

21,615 
32,017 
34,994 

- 
26,137 
37,519 
45,291 

- 
2,167 
- 
22,838 
35,859 
43,897 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
853,803 

n/a 
n/a 
285,870 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
369,987 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
358,600 

n/a 
2016, 2017 
2016, 2017, 2018 
2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 

2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 

2016, 2017, 2018 
2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 

n/a 
2016, 2017 
2016, 2017, 2018 
2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 

- 

52,258 

- 

- 

52,258 

426,901 

2019, 2020, 2021 

5,772 
9,744 
26,432 
18,760 
26,681 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
29,115 

(5,772) 
(4,872) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
(26,432) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
4,872 
- 
18,760 
23,681 
29,115 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
237,844 

n/a 
2016, 2017 
2016, 2017, 2018 
2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 

2016 
P A Birtles 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
D J Burns 
2014 
2015 
2016 
E A Berchtold 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
C D Wilesmith 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
A M Heraghty 
2016 
G G Carroll 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 

(1) Performance Rights provided as remuneration to each of the KMP of the Group during the financial year. 
(2) Other changes represent Performance Rights that lapsed or were forfeited during the financial year. 
(3) The maximum possible total financial value in future years is dependent on the Group share price at exercise date, the minimum possible total 

value is nil. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 45 

45

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 7: Remuneration Outcomes for 2016 (continued) 

(a)

Remuneration related to performance (continued) 

Long Term Incentives (continued) 

(ii)
The Performance Rights granted in the current reporting period were valued using a fair value of $8.17. The Performance Rights are 
expensed over a five year period in-line with the vesting conditions of the Performance Rights; refer to Section 4(c) - Long Term 
Incentives, for details of these vesting conditions.  Plan participants may not enter into any transaction designed to remove the at 
risk aspect of the Performance Rights before they vest. The value at exercise date for Performance Rights is the Group share price.  
There are no amounts unpaid on the shares issued as a result of the exercise of the options in the 2016 financial year. 

No Performance Rights vested in relation to the 2015/16 financial results. 

Option over equity instruments of Super Retail Group Limited 
No Options were granted or vested during the financial year. 

Section 8: Remuneration Changes for 2017 

Approach for 2017 

(a)
In  the  2016/17  year,  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee  will  lead  a  review  of  the  incentive  component  of  the 
executive remuneration framework as the Board seeks to achieve continuing alignment of the Group’s approach to remuneration 
with the strategic objectives. 

Total Reward Structure – Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

(b)
The Board has reviewed the total reward structure for Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer to ensure that there is 
an appropriate amount “at risk” based on performance. Therefore the “at risk” long term incentive component has increased from 
2016/17 with the total reward structure moving to one-third as fixed remuneration, one-third as short term incentive and one-third 
as long term incentive. 

Base Salary Package 

(c)
This year, the comparator benchmarks show that overall executive KMP base salary packages for the 2016/17 year will be in line 
with  the  market  median  with  individual  KMP  base  salary  packages  varying  from  91%  to  112%  of  respective  market  median.  The 
base salary package for the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer has been set at market median with a base salary 
increase of 2.5% for the 2016/17 year. Overall KMP base salary packages will increase by 3% in the 2016/17 year. 

(d)
The EPS performance hurdle – EPS Compound Growth Rate (50% of Grant) will be unchanged. 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) – Performance Hurdle  

The ROC performance hurdle – Averaged ROC (50% of Grant) will be set annually with reference to the Group’s cost of capital as 
determined by an independent advisor.  The Board will set the bottom end of the range at a premium to the Group’s cost of capital.  
The top end of the range will continue to be set at 15%, consistent with the Group’s long term financial targets. 

The vesting criteria in relation to the averaged ROC performance hurdle for those performance rights granted in the 2016/17 year 
has been set as follows:  

•
•
•

If the averaged ROC is 10%, then 30% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest;  
If the averaged ROC is 12%, then 50% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest; or  
If the averaged ROC is 15%, then 100% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest.   

Performance Rights will vest on a pro rata basis between these averaged ROC ranges. 

Under these performance hurdles for the plan to achieve 100% of vesting the cumulative EPS growth must be at least 15% and ROC 
must average at least 15%. 

Approval for the vesting criteria change in relation to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer will be sought at the 
Annual General Meeting. 

Non-Executive Directors’ Fees 

(e)
Director’s fees will increase by 2.5% in 2016/17.  In addition, based on benchmarking and an increase in the number of committee 
meetings,  the  annual  fee  for  the  Chair  of  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee  will  increase  from  $20,000  to 
$25,000. 

46 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
46

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 9: Service Agreements 

Remuneration and other terms of employment for KMP are formalised in service agreements.  Each of these agreements provide 
for the provision of performance related cash bonuses, other benefits and when eligible, participation in the Performance Rights 
Plans and Option Plans.  Restraint provisions are detailed in Section 10. 

All  contracts  with  KMP  may  be  terminated  early  by  either  party  with  three  months’  notice,  subject  to  termination  payments  as 
detailed below: 

Name 

Term of Agreement 

Agreement 
Commencement Date(1) 

P A Birtles 
D J Burns 

3 years 
5 years, 10 months 

E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 

4 years, 11 months  
5 years, 3 months 

1 January 2014 
3 December 2012 

5 November 2011 
1 July 2013 

A M Heraghty 
G G Carroll 

4 years, 8 months 
5 years, 3 months 

27 April 2015 
30 June 2011 

Review 
Term(2) 

Annual 
Annual 

Annual 
Annual 

Annual 
Annual 

Termination 
payment 

12 months(3) 
6 months(4) 
6 months(4) 
6 months(4) 

Commencement 
date with Super 
Retail Group 

30 April 2001 
3 December 2012 

5 November 2011 
18 September 
2007 

6 months(3) 
6 months(4) 

27 April 2015 
17 April 2006 

(1) Commencement date of service agreement. 
(2) Reviewed annually by the Human Resource and Remuneration Committee. 
(3) Payment of a termination benefit on early termination by the Company, other than for cause, equal to the base salary for the period detailed. 
(4) Payment of a termination benefit on early termination by the Company, other than for cause, equal to the base salary for period detailed if the 
termination is effective more than 12 months before the expiry date, or three months base salary if the termination is effective within 12 months 
before the expiry date. 

Section 10: Period of Restraint 

The above KMP have the following post-employment restraints within their service contracts.   

After cessation of employment for any reason, for the period set out below, the employee must not compete with the Company’s 
relevant  speciality  retailing  businesses  (including  direct  or  indirect  involvement  as  a  principal,  agent,  partner,  employee, 
shareholder,  unit  holder,  director,  trustee,  beneficiary,  manager,  contractor,  adviser  or  financier),  without  first  obtaining  the 
consent of the Company in writing. 

Ref: 
A 

B 

C 

D 

Post-employment Restraints 
Solicit or compete for the custom of or engage or be involved in any business with any person, firm or 
corporation who or which was a Customer, supplier, or client of the Company at any time during the 12 
months preceding the cessation of the employment with the Company and with whom the Employee 
had contact with, or gained knowledge of, in the course of carrying out the employee’s duties for the 
Company; 
Engage or be involved in any capacity in any entity, firm or corporation which competes with the 
Company in connection with the said business; 
Interfere with, disrupt, attempt to disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between any 
member of the Group and any of the Group’s customers, suppliers, or potential customers or potential 
suppliers, with whom the employee had contact with, or gained knowledge of, at any time during the 12 
month preceding the cessation of employment in the course of carrying out duties for the Company; or 

Induce, encourage or solicit any person who is an employee, contractor or agent of any member of the 
Group, with whom the employee had contact with during the 12 months preceding the cessation of the 
employment in the course of carrying out duties for the Company, to terminate their employment or 
engagement with any member of the Group. 

Period 
12 months 

9 months 

6 months 

3 months 

Section 11: Additional Information 

(a)

Minimum Securities Holding Policy 

Commencing  from  the  2015  financial  year,  the  Board  has  approved  a  minimum  shareholding  requirement  for  Non-Executive 
Directors to be 100% of base fees, the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer to be 150% of fixed remuneration and 
for other executive KMP 100% of fixed remuneration. This is to be achieved by the later of October 2020 or within five years from 
the commencement of employment.  This is to further align the interest of Non-Executive Directors and executive KMP with those 
of shareholders. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 47 

47

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 11: Additional Information (continued) 

(a)

Minimum Securities Holding Policy (continued) 

The minimum number of securities to be held shall be reduced relative to the Performance Rights tested under the LTI Plan, over 
the  five  year  period.    The  adjusted  minimum  security  holding  requirement  shall  be  three-quarters  of  the  quantum  of  the 
Performance Rights attributable to the executive KMP.  The reduction in the minimum number of securities to be held under the 
minimum securities holding policy shall have the effect of extending the timeframe for acquisition.  The adjusted minimum security 
holding  requirement  shall  be  increased  each  year  by  three-quarters  of  the  required  quantum  until  the  minimum  holding  is 
achieved. 

(b)

Equity instruments held by KMP 

Shares provided on exercise of Performance Rights and Options 

(i)
The table below lists the ordinary shares in the Company issued during the year as a result of the exercise of Performance Rights.  
There were no shares issued during the year ended 2 July 2016 on the exercise of Options. 

Name(1) 

Incentive Scheme(2) 

P A Birtles 
D J Burns 
E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty 
G G Carroll 
Total 

Performance Rights 
n/a 
Performance Rights 
Performance Rights 
n/a 
Performance Rights 

Number of Ordinary Shares Issued on 
Exercise of Share Plans During the Year(3) 
40,825 
n/a 
- 
5,313 
n/a 
10,644 
56,782 

Market Value at Exercise 
Date(4) 

350,687 
n/a 
- 
45,639 
n/a 
91,432 
487,758 

(1) D J Burns and A M Heraghty were not employees of the Company at the time of the grant of performance rights detailed above and were 

therefore not eligible to participate in these incentive schemes.   

(2) Refer to Section 4(c) - Long Term Incentives. 
(3) Both the 2011 and 2012 grants were exercised on 1 September 2015, with the 2013 grant lapsing due to hurdles not being met. 
(4) The value at exercise date for Performance Rights was determined using the Group share price of $8.59. 

Movement in shares 

(ii)
The movement during the year in the number of ordinary shares in the Company held directly or indirectly or beneficially, by each 
KMP, including their related parties is as follows: 

2016 

Non-Executive 
Directors 
R J Wright 
R A Rowe 
R J Skippen 
S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert 
L K Inman 

Executive Director 
P A Birtles 

Other KMP 
D J Burns 
E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty 
G G Carroll 

Held at 
27 June 2015 

Granted(1) 

Purchases 

In lieu of 
dividends(2) 

Sales 

Held at  
2 July 2016 

106,757 
59,283,087 
- 
26,453 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

1,424,246 

40,825 

- 
- 
1,019 
- 
90,000 

- 
- 
5,313 
- 
10,644 

- 
- 
7,500 
- 
- 
5,241 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

244 
593,198 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
54 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

107,001 
59,876,285 
7,500 
26,453 
- 
5,241 

(72,475) 

1,392,596 

- 
- 
(5,100) 
- 
(40,644) 

- 
- 
1,286 
- 
60,000 

(1) Granted on exercise of performance rights awarded under the Group’s Performance Rights and Options plans.  
(2) Shareholders are eligible to receive dividends in cash or choose to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan. 

48
48 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 11: Additional Information (continued) 

(b)

Equity instruments held by KMP (continued) 

(iii)
Unissued ordinary shares of Super Retail Group Limited under the Performance Rights Plan at the date of this report are: 

Unissued shares under Performance Rights and Options plans 

Grant date 

Vesting Date 

1 September 2011 
1 September 2012 
1 September 2013 
1 September 2014 
1 September 2015 
Total 

(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 

Value per Performance Right 
at Grant Date 
$6.09 
$7.95 
$10.83 
$6.03 
$8.17 

Number of Performance 
Rights 

62,702 
- 
349,748 
479,724 
546,500 
1,438,674 

(1) Performance rights vest progressively three to five years after grant date and have no expiry date. Refer to Section 4(c) - Long Term Incentives, for 

details of these vesting conditions. 

Plan participants may not enter into any transaction designed to remove the at risk aspect of Performance Rights.   
As at the date of this report there are no remaining unissued ordinary shares of Super Retail Group Limited under Option. 

(c)

Loans to KMP and their Related Parties 

There are no loans to KMP and their related parties as at 2 July 2016 and no loans were made during the financial year. 

(d)

Other Transactions with KMP 

KMP  may  hold  positions  in  other  companies  that  transacted  with  the  Group  in  the  reporting  period.    Refer  to  note  24  to  the 
consolidated financial statements, Related Party Transactions, for further details. 

(e)

Insurance of Officers 

During  the  financial  year,  the  Group  paid  a  premium  of  $91,839  (2015:  $93,378)  to  insure  the  Officers  of  the  Group  including 
Directors  and  Secretaries  of  the  Company  and  its  controlled  entities,  and  the  General  Managers  of  each  of  the  divisions  of  the 
Group. 

The liabilities insured are legal costs that may be incurred in defending civil or criminal proceedings that may be brought against the 
officers in their capacity as Officers of entities in the Group, and any other payments arising from liabilities incurred by the Officers 
in connection with such proceedings, other than where such liabilities arise out of conduct involving a wilful breach of duty by the 
officers or the improper use by the officers of their position or of information to gain advantage for themselves or someone else or 
to cause detriment to the Group.  It is not possible to apportion the premium between amounts relating to the insurance against 
legal costs and those relating to other liabilities. 

5.

Non-Audit Services 

The  Company  may  decide  to  employ  the  auditor  on  assignments  additional  to  their  statutory  audit  duties  where  the  auditor’s 
expertise and experience with the Company and/or the Group are important. 

The Board of Directors has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee 
is  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  services  is  compatible  with  the  general  standard  of  independence  for  auditors 
imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.  The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the auditor, as set out 
below, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

•

•

all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and 
objectivity of the auditor; 
none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants, including reviewing or auditing  the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or a decision-
making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company or jointly sharing economic risk and rewards. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 49 

49

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

5.

Non-Audit Services (continued) 

During  the  period  the  following  fees  were  paid  or  payable  for  services  provided  by  the  auditor  PricewaterhouseCoopers  of  the 
parent entity and its network firms for audit and non-audit services provided during the year is set out below: 

Audit Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Remuneration for audit and review services 
     Audit of subsidiaries(1) 
     Other assurance 
Total remuneration for audit and review services 

Taxation and Other Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Taxation Services(2) 
     Digital Innovation Support(3) 
Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia: 
     Taxation Services 
Total remuneration for non-audit services 

2016 
$ 

2015 
$ 

423,700 
88,230 
53,500 
565,430 

215,834 
340,290 

33,845 
589,969 

473,854 
20,000 
10,000 
503,854 

124,367 
- 

26,025 
150,392 

(1) Increase due to audit requirements of partially owned subsidiaries. 
(2) Increase due to indirect taxes review resulting in refunds being received. 
(3) Engagement in relation to digital capability analysis and support awarded under a competitive tender. 

6.

Corporate Governance Statement 

The Group’s Corporate Governance Statement sets out the corporate governance framework adopted by the Board of Super Retail 
Group Limited. This statement is publically available on the Super Retail Group external website: 
http://www.superretailgroup.com 

7.

Proceedings on behalf of the Company 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with leave of the Court under section 237 of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

8.

Auditors Independence Declaration 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 
51. 

9.

Rounding of amounts 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued 
by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission,  relating  to  the  ‘rounding  off’  of  amounts  in  the  Directors’  Report.  
Amounts  in  the  Directors’  Report  have  been  rounded  off  in  accordance  with  that  instrument  to  the  nearest  hundred  thousand 
dollars or in certain cases to the nearest dollar. 

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

R J Wright 
Chairman 

Brisbane 
25 August 2016 

50 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
50

P A Birtles 
Group Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of Super Retail Group Limited for the period 28 June 2015 to 2 July 2016,
I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

1.

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in
relation to the audit; and

2.

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Super Retail Group Limited and the entities it controlled during the
period.

Kim Challenor
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Brisbane
25 August 2016

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE QLD 4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE QLD 4001
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016

51
51

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

CONTINUING OPERATIONS 
Revenue from continuing operations 
Other income from continuing operations 

Total revenues and other income 

Expenses 
Cost of sales of goods 
Other expenses from ordinary activities 
  - selling and distribution 
  - marketing 
  - occupancy 
  - administration 
Net finance costs  
Total expenses 

Profit before income tax from continuing operations 

Income tax expense 
Profit for the period from continuing operations 

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Profit for the period  

Profit for the period is attributable to: 
Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Non-controlling interests 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to: 
Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations attributable to 
the ordinary equity holders of the Company: 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders 
of the Company: 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Notes 

2016 
$m 

2,422.2 
1.6 

2,423.8 

2015 
$m 

2,238.7 
2.5 

2,241.2 

(1,372.4) 

(1,273.3) 

(313.5) 
(86.8) 
(215.9) 
(328.0) 
(19.4) 
(2,336.0) 

87.8 

(29.8) 
58.0 

- 
58.0 

62.8 
(4.8) 

58.0 

(7.5) 
0.4 
(7.1) 

50.9 

50.9 
- 
50.9 

55.7 
(4.8) 

50.9 

Cents 
31.8 
31.6 

31.8 
31.6 

5 

6 

26 

16 
16 

30 
30 

30 
30 

(290.2) 
(81.9) 
(186.2) 
(256.1) 
(21.9) 
(2,109.6) 

131.6 

(38.5) 
93.1 

(16.2) 
76.9 

81.1 
(4.2) 

76.9 

6.3 
 (0.6) 
5.7 

82.6 

98.5 
(15.9) 
82.6 

86.8 
(4.2) 

82.6 

Cents 
49.4 
49.0 

41.2 
40.8 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

52
52 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
As at 2 July 2016 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Current tax assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Inventories 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Total non-current assets 
Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Current tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained earnings 
Capital and reserves attributable to owners of  
Super Retail Group Limited 
Non-controlling interests 

TOTAL EQUITY 

Notes 

7 

17 
8 

10 
11 

12 
13 

17 
14 

12 
13 
9 
14 

15 
16 
16 

2016 
$m 

15.6 
42.7 
- 
- 
501.9 

560.2 

236.9 
772.4 
1,009.3 
1,569.5 

251.1 
5.7 
6.3 
8.0 
58.7 

329.8 

41.7 
410.1 
24.7 
29.2 

505.7 
835.5 

734.0 

542.3 
(0.9) 
193.7 
735.1 

(1.1) 

734.0 

2015 
$m 

13.1 
29.3 
2.9 
6.8 
505.6 

557.7 

224.1 
801.3 
1,025.4 
1,583.1 

268.6 
2.2 
- 
4.1 
48.6 

323.5 

36.7 
389.8 
51.5 
16.3 

494.3 
817.8 

765.3 

542.3 
13.2 
212.8 
768.3 

(3.0) 

765.3 

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 53 
53

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

Contributed  
Equity 

Reserves  Retained 
Earnings 

Total 

Notes 

$m 

$m 

$m 

$m 

Non-
Controlling 
Interests 
$m 

Total 
Equity 

$m 

Balance at 28 June 2014  

542.3 

7.7 

210.4 

760.4 

- 

760.4 

Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income for the period 
Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Dividends provided for or paid 
Employee performance rights 
Acquisition of non-controlling interests 

19 
16 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

Balance at 27 June 2015  

542.3 

Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive loss for the period 
Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Dividends provided for or paid 
Employee performance rights 
Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

19 
16 
25 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

Balance at 2 July 2016  

542.3 

- 
5.7 
5.7 

81.1 
- 
81.1 

81.1 
5.7 
86.8 

- 
(0.2) 
- 

(0.2) 

13.2 

- 
(7.1) 
(7.1) 

- 
0.7 
(7.7) 
(7.0) 

(0.9) 

(78.7) 
- 
- 

(78.7) 

212.8 

62.8 
- 
62.8 

(81.9) 
- 
- 
(81.9) 

193.7 

(78.7) 
(0.2) 
- 

(78.9) 

768.3 

62.8 
(7.1) 
55.7 

(81.9) 
0.7 
(7.7) 
(88.9) 

735.1 

(4.2) 
- 
(4.2) 

- 
- 
1.2 

1.2 

(3.0) 

(4.8) 
- 
(4.8) 

- 
- 
6.7 
6.7 

(1.1) 

76.9 
5.7 
82.6 

(78.7) 
(0.2) 
1.2 

(77.7) 

765.3 

58.0 
(7.1) 
50.9 

(81.9) 
0.7 
(1.0) 
(82.2) 

734.0 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

54 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
54

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

Notes 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax) 
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax) 
Rental payments 
  - external 
  - related parties 
Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

29 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Payments for property, plant and equipment and computer software 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Net cash (outflow) from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Finance lease payments 
Interest paid 
Interest received 
Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 
Net cash (outflow) from financing activities 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 

19 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

2016 
$m 

2,678.4 
(2,216.3) 

(247.2) 
(11.9) 
(43.8) 

159.2 

(79.9) 
- 
(79.9) 

917.0 
(892.0) 
(1.7) 
(18.5) 
0.1 
(81.9) 
(77.0) 

2.3 

13.1 
0.2 
15.6 

2015 
$m 

2,530.0 
(2,077.6) 

(213.2) 
(10.8) 
(46.4) 

182.0 

(72.8) 
0.9 
(71.9) 

785.4 
(803.5) 
(2.5) 
(22.1) 
0.3 
(78.7) 
(121.1) 

(11.0) 

24.2 
(0.1) 
13.1 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 55 
55

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

Contents of the notes to the consolidated financial statements 

Reporting entity .......................................................................................................................................................................... 57 
1. 
Summary of significant accounting policies ................................................................................................................................ 57 
2. 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements ........................................................................................................................... 69 
3. 
Segment information .................................................................................................................................................................. 70 
4. 
Expenses from continuing operations ........................................................................................................................................ 72 
5. 
Income tax expense .................................................................................................................................................................... 73 
6. 
Trade and other receivables ....................................................................................................................................................... 74 
7. 
Inventories .................................................................................................................................................................................. 75 
8. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities ............................................................................................................................................... 76 
9. 
Property, plant and equipment ................................................................................................................................................... 77 
10. 
Intangible assets ......................................................................................................................................................................... 78 
11. 
Trade and other payables ........................................................................................................................................................... 80 
12. 
Interest-bearing liabilities ........................................................................................................................................................... 80 
13. 
Provisions .................................................................................................................................................................................... 80 
14. 
Contributed equity ...................................................................................................................................................................... 81 
15. 
Reserves and retained earnings .................................................................................................................................................. 82 
16. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities ....................................................................................................................................... 83 
17. 
Financial risk management ......................................................................................................................................................... 85 
18. 
Capital management ................................................................................................................................................................... 91 
19. 
Key management personnel disclosures ..................................................................................................................................... 92 
20. 
Remuneration of auditors ........................................................................................................................................................... 93 
21. 
Contingencies .............................................................................................................................................................................. 93 
22. 
Commitments ............................................................................................................................................................................. 94 
23. 
Related party transactions .......................................................................................................................................................... 94 
24. 
25. 
Business combinations ................................................................................................................................................................ 95 
26.   Discontinued operations ............................................................................................................................................................. 98 
27.   Net tangible asset backing .......................................................................................................................................................... 98 
28.  Deed of cross guarantee ............................................................................................................................................................. 98 
Reconciliation of profit from ordinary activities after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities ...................... 101 
29. 
30. 
Earnings per share .................................................................................................................................................................... 101 
31. 
Share-based payments .............................................................................................................................................................. 102 
Events occurring after balance date ......................................................................................................................................... 103 
32. 
Parent entity financial information ........................................................................................................................................... 103 
33. 
Investments in controlled entities ............................................................................................................................................ 104 
34. 

56 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
56

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

1.

Reporting entity 

Super Retail Group Limited (the Company) is a company domiciled in Australia.  The address of the Company’s registered office and 
principal place of business is 751 Gympie Road, Lawnton, Queensland. 

The consolidated annual financial report of the Company as at and for the period ended 2 July 2016 comprises: the Company and its 
subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group, and individually as Group entities). 

The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in the retail industry.  Principal activities of the Group consist of: 
•
•
•

retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles, bicycle accessories and apparel. 

2.

Summary of significant accounting policies 

The  principal  accounting  policies  adopted  in  the  preparation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements  are  set  out  below.    These 
policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

(a)

Basis of preparation 

Statement of compliance 
This  general  purpose  financial  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards,  other  authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board, Urgent Issues Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  of  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  comply  with  International  Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.   

Basis of measurement 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, unless otherwise stated. 

(b) 

Principles of consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  all  entities  controlled  by  Super  Retail  Group  Limited 
(the Company or parent entity) as at 2 July 2016 and the results of its controlled entities for the period then ended.  The effects of all 
transactions between entities in the consolidated entity are fully eliminated.   

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

(i)
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated 
in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to 
the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 

Subsidiaries 

(ii)
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control.  The Group controls an entity when the 
Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through  its  power  to  direct  the  activities  of  the  entity.    Subsidiaries  are  fully  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is 
transferred to the Group.  These are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.  The acquisition method of accounting is used 
to account for business combinations by the Group (refer note 25 - Business combinations).  

Intercompany  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  Group  companies  are  eliminated.    Unrealised 
losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset.  Accounting policies of 
subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

Non-controlling  interests  in  the  results  and  equity  of  subsidiaries  are  shown  separately  in  the  consolidated  income  statement, 
statement of comprehensive income, balance sheet and statement of changes in equity respectively. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 57 

57

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

(b) 

Principles of consolidation (continued) 

Business combinations 

(iii)
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or 
other  assets  are  acquired.    The  consideration  transferred  for  the  acquisition  of  a  subsidiary  comprises  the  fair  value  of  the  assets 
transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group.  The consideration transferred also includes the fair 
value  of  any  contingent  consideration  arrangement  and  the  fair  value  of  any  pre-existing  equity  interest  in  the  subsidiary.  
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.  Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values as at the acquisition date.  On an acquisition-
by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling 
interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets. 

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair 
value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill.  If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the 
measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present 
value as at the date of exchange.  The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar 
borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. 

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.    Amounts  classified  as  a  financial  liability  are 
subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.  

Joint arrangements 

(iv)
Under  AASB  11  Joint  Arrangements,  investments  in  joint  arrangements  are  classified  as  either  joint  operations  or  joint  ventures.  
The  classification  depends  on  the  contractual  rights  and  obligations  of  each  investor,  rather  than  the  legal  structure  of  the  joint 
arrangement. 

Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (see (v) below), after initially being recognised at cost in the 
consolidated balance sheet. 

Equity method 

(v)
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the 
Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s share of movements in other 
comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive income.  Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint 
ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment. 

When the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any other 
unsecured long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments 
on behalf of the other entity. 

Unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  the  Group  and  its  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  eliminated  to  the  extent  of  the 
Group’s interest in these entities.  Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment 
of  the  asset  transferred.    Accounting  policies  of  equity  accounted  investees  have  been  changed  where  necessary  to  ensure 
consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity owners 
of the Group.  A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying amounts of the controlling and non-
controlling interests to reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary.  Any difference between the amount of the adjustment to 
non-controlling interests and any consideration paid or received is recognised in a separate reserve within equity attributable to the 
owners of Super Retail Group Limited.  

Comparatives 

(vi)
Where  applicable,  various  comparative  balances  have  been  reclassified  to  align  with  current  period  presentation.    These 
amendments have no material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

58 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
58

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(c) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Segment reporting 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group Managing Director and 
Chief  Executive  Officer,  who  is  responsible  for  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance  of  the  operating  segments.  
Unallocated  items  comprise  mainly  of  corporate  assets  (primarily  the  Support  Office,  Support  Office  expenses,  and  income  tax 
assets and liabilities). 

(d) 

Income tax  

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the national 
income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused tax losses. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are 
recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction.  The 
relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred 
tax asset or liability.   

An exception is made for certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability.  No deferred tax 
asset  or  liability  is  recognised  in  relation  to  these  temporary  differences  if  they  arise  in  a  transaction,  other  than  a  business 
combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax  losses  only  if  it  is  probable  that  future 
taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. 

Deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  are  not  recognised  for  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amount  and  tax  bases  of 
investments in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in equity. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and 
when the deferred tax balances  relate to the same taxation authority.  Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the 
entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously. 

A  deferred  tax  liability  is  recognised  in  relation  to  some  of  the  Group’s  indefinite  life  intangibles.    The  tax  base  assumed  in 
determining the amount of the deferred tax liability is the capital cost base of the assets.   

Tax Consolidation Legislation 
Super Retail Group Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation 
as of 1 July 2003. 

The  head  entity,  Super  Retail  Group  Limited,  and  the  controlled  entities  in  the  tax  consolidated  group  account  for  current  and 
deferred  tax  amounts  under  the  Separate  taxpayer  within  Group  approach  in  accordance  with  AASB  Interpretation  1052,  Tax 
Consolidation Accounting.  

(e) 

Foreign currency translation 

Functional and presentation currency 

(i) 
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (‘the  functional  currency’).    The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in 
Australian dollars, which is Super Retail Group Limited’s functional and presentation currency. 

Transactions and balances 

(ii) 
Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  using  the  exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  dates  of  the 
transactions.  Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-
end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, 
except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges. 

Translation differences on non-monetary items such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss, are reported as part of the 
fair  value  gain  or  loss.    Translation  differences  on  non-monetary  items,  such  as  equities  classified  as  available-for-sale  financial 
assets, are included in the fair value reserve in equity. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 59 

59

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(e) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Foreign currency translation (continued) 

Group companies 

(iii)
The  results  and  financial  position  of  all  the  Group  entities  (none  of  which  has  the  currency  of  a  hyperinflationary  economy)  that 
have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: 
•

assets  and  liabilities  for  each  statement  of  financial  position  presented  are  translated  at  the  closing  rate  at  the  date  of  that 
statement of financial position; 
income  and  expenses  for  each  income  statement  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates  (unless  this  is  not  a  reasonable 
approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are 
translated at the dates of the transactions); and  
all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity. 

•

•

(f) 

Revenue recognition 

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.  Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of returns, 
trade allowances, duties and taxes paid.  The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is 
probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities 
as described below.  The Group bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of 
transaction and the specifics of each arrangement. 

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows: 

Sale of goods – retail 

(i) 
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when a Group entity sells a product to the customer pursuant to  sales orders and 
when the associated risk and rewards have passed to the customer.  Retail sales are usually by credit card or in cash. 

Interest income 

(ii) 
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest method.  When a receivable is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying 
amount  to  its  recoverable  amount,  being  the  estimated  future  cash  flow  discounted  at  the  original  effective  interest  rate  of  the 
instrument.  Interest income on impaired loans is recognised using the original effective interest rate. 

(g) 

Trade receivables 

Trade  receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value  and  subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost,  less  provision  for  doubtful 
debts.  Trade receivables are due for settlement 30 days from the end of the month after sale.  Collectability of trade receivables is 
reviewed on an ongoing basis.  Debts which are known to be uncollectable are written off.  A provision for doubtful receivables is 
established  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  the  Group  will  not  be  able  to  collect  all  amounts  due.    The  amount  of  any 
impairment loss is included within Administration in the income statement. 

(h) 

Inventories 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  Costs comprise direct purchase costs and an appropriate 
proportion of supply chain variable and fixed overhead expenditure in bringing them to their existing location and condition.  Costs 
are assigned to individual items of stock on the basis of weighted average costs.  Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in 
the ordinary course of business less the estimated cost of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

(i) 

Provisions 

Provisions  for  legal  claims,  service  warranties  and  make  good  obligations  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation 
and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. 

Where  there  are  a  number  of  similar  obligations,  the  likelihood  that  an  outflow  will  be  required  in  settlement  is  determined  by 
considering the class of obligations as a whole.  A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one 
item included in the same class of obligations may be small. 

Provisions  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of  management’s  best  estimate  of  the  expenditure  required  to  settle  the  present 
obligation  at  the  statement  of  financial  position  date.    The  discount  rate  used  to  determine  the  present  value  reflects  current 
market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks  specific  to  the  liability.  The  increase  in  the  provision  due  to  the 
passage of time is recognised as interest expense. 

60 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
60

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(i) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Provisions (continued) 

Make good requirements in relation to leased premises 

(i)
Make  good  costs  arising  from  contractual  obligations  in  lease  agreements  are  recognised  as  provisions  at  the  inception  of  the 
agreement.    A  corresponding  asset  is  taken  up  in  property,  plant  and  equipment  at  that  time.    Expected  future  payments  are 
discounted using appropriate market yields at reporting date.  

(j) 

Financial assets 

Classification 

(i)
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories:  financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and loans and 
receivables.    The  classification  depends  on  the  purpose  for  which  the  investments  were  acquired.    Management  determines  the 
classification of its investments at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each reporting date. 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
This category has two sub-categories:  financial assets held for trading, and those designated at fair value through profit or loss on 
initial recognition.  A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or 
if so designated by management.  Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges.  Assets 
in this category are classified as current assets if they are either held for trading or are expected to be realised within 12 months of 
the balance sheet date. 

Loans and receivables 
Loans  and  receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not  quoted  in  an  active 
market.  They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting 
period which are classified as non-current assets. 

Recognition and derecognition 

(ii)
Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date – the date on which the Group commits to purchase or 
sell the asset.  Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have 
been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. 

Measurement 

(iii)
At  initial  recognition,  the  Group  measures  a  financial  asset  at  its  fair  value  plus,  in  the  case  of  a  financial  asset  not  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset.  Transaction costs of 
financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. 

Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.   

(k) 

Impairment of financial assets 

The  Group  assesses  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  whether  there  is  objective  evidence  that  a  financial  asset  or  group  of 
financial assets is impaired.  A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if 
there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a 
‘loss  event’)  and  that  loss  event  (or  events)  has  an  impact  on  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  the  financial  asset  or  group  of 
financial assets that can be reliably estimated. 

Evidence  of  impairment  may  include  indications  that  the  receivable  or  a  group  of  receivables  is  experiencing  significant  financial 
difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial 
reorganisation, and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as 
changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. 

Assets carried at amortised cost 

(i) 
For loans and receivables category, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and 
the  present  value  of  estimated  future  cash  flows  (excluding  future  credit  losses  that  have  not  been  incurred)  discounted  at  the 
financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognised 
in the consolidated income statement. 

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event 
occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously 
recognised impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 61 

61

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(l) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to 
their fair value.  The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging 
instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.  The Group designates certain derivatives as either: hedges of the fair 
value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or hedges of highly probable forecast transactions 
(cash flow hedges). 

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items as well 
as  its  risk  management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  various  hedge  transactions.    The  Group  also  documents  its 
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have 
been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. 

Cash flow hedges 

(i) 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in 
equity  in  the  hedging  reserve.    The  gain  or  loss  relating  to  the  ineffective  portion  is  recognised  immediately  in  the  income 
statement. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the income periods when the hedged item will affect profit 
or loss (for instance when the forecast payment that is hedged takes place). However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged 
results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously 
deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial cost  or carrying amount of the asset 
or liability. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, 
any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  existing  in  equity  at  the  time  remains  in  equity  and  is  recognised  when  the  forecast  transaction  is 
ultimately recognised in the income statement.  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or 
loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement. 

(ii) 
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. 

Net investment hedges 

Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity.  The gain or loss 
relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement within other income or other expenses. 

Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the foreign operation is partially disposed of or 
sold. 

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 

(iii) 
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does 
not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. 

(m) 

Fair value estimation 

The  fair  value  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  must  be  estimated  for  recognition  and  measurement  or  for  disclosure 
purposes. 

The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  (for  example,  over-the-counter  derivatives)  is 
determined  using  valuation  techniques.    The  fair  value  of  interest  rate  swaps  is  calculated  as  the  present  value  of  the  estimated 
future  cash  flows.    The  fair  value  of  forward  exchange  contracts  is  determined  using  forward  exchange  market  rates  at  the 
statement of financial position date. 

The  nominal  value  less  estimated  credit  adjustments  of  trade  receivables  and  payables  are  assumed  to  approximate  their  fair 
values.  The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at 
the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. 

62 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
62

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(n) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Property, plant & equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  historical  cost,  less  any  accumulated  depreciation  or  amortisation.  Historical  costs 
include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. 

Subsequent  costs  are  included  in  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  or  recognised  as  a  separate  asset,  as  appropriate,  only  when  it  is 
probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably.  All repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred. 

Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant and equipment 

(i)
Depreciation  and  amortisation  are  calculated  on  a  straight  line  basis  for  accounting  and  on  a  diminishing  value  basis  for  tax.  
Depreciation  and  amortisation  allocates  the  cost  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  net  of  residual  values  over  the 
expected useful life of each asset to the consolidated entity.  Estimates of remaining useful lives and residual values are reviewed 
and adjusted, if appropriate, at each statement of financial position date.   

The depreciation rates used for each class of assets are: 

Plant and equipment 

Capitalised leased plant and equipment 

Motor vehicles 

Computer equipment 

7.5% – 37.5% 

10% – 37.5% 

25% 

20% – 37.5% 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its 
estimated recoverable amount. 

Gains  and  losses  on  disposals  are  determined  by  comparing  proceeds  with  carrying  amount.    These  are  included  in  the  income 
statement.  When revalued assets are sold, it is Group policy to transfer the amounts included in other reserves in respect of those 
assets to retained earnings. 

(o) 

Impairment of non-financial assets 

Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment.  Assets that are 
subject  to  amortisation  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying 
amount may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable  amount.    The  recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  an  asset’s  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  and  value  in  use.    For  the 
purposes  of  assessing  impairment,  assets  are  grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are  separately  identifiable  cash  flows 
(cash generating units). 

(p) 

Leases  

Leases  in  which  a  significant  portion  of  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  are  retained  by  the  lessor  are  classified  as  operating 
leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease term. 

The  Group  leases  certain  property,  plant  and  equipment.  Leases  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  where  the  Group  has 
substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  are  classified  as  finance  leases.    Finance  leases  are  capitalised  at  the  lease’s 
inception  at  the  lower  of  the  fair  value  of  the  leased  property  and  the  present  value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments.    The 
corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in other long term payables.  Each lease payment is allocated 
between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding.  The interest element 
of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on 
the remaining balance of the liability for each period.  Property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases are depreciated 
over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 63 

63

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(q) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill 

(i)
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of 
the acquired subsidiary or business at the date of the acquisition.  Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible 
assets.    Goodwill  and  intangibles  acquired  in  business  combinations  are  not  amortised.    Instead,  they  are  tested  for  impairment 
annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicated that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses.  Any impairment is recognised as an expense and is not subsequently reversed. 

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

Goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash-generating  units  for  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing.    The  allocation  is  made  to  those  cash-
generating  units  or  groups  of  cash-generating  units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  business  combination  in  which  the 
goodwill arose, identified according to operating segments. 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives 

(ii)
Separately  acquired  trademarks  and  licences  are  shown  at  historical  cost.  Trademarks  and  licences  acquired  in  a  business 
combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Trademarks have an indefinite useful life and are carried at cost less 
impairment losses. 

(iii) 
Amortisation is calculated on a straight line basis.  The amortisation rates used for each class of intangible assets are as follows: 

Other intangible assets 

Computer software  
Brand names 
Supplier agreement 

10% – 33.3% 
Nil to 5% 
5% 

Computer software 
Costs incurred in developing products or systems and costs incurred in acquiring software and licenses that will contribute to future 
period  financial  benefits  through  revenue  generation  and/or  cost  reduction  are  capitalised  to  software  and  systems.    Costs 
capitalised include external direct costs of materials and service, employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.   
IT  development  costs  include  only  those  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  development  phase  and  are  only  recognised  following 
completion of technical feasibility and where the Group has an intention and ability to use the asset. 

Brand names 
Brand names that are acquired as part of a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill.  These assets are carried 
at their fair value at the date of acquisition less impairment losses.  Brand names are valued using the relief from royalty method.  
Amortisation is calculated based on the brand names estimated useful lives, which is 20 years or indefinite. 

Supplier agreements 
Supplier agreements are acquired as part of a business combination and are recognised separately from goodwill.  These assets are 
carried at their fair value at the date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.  Supplier agreements have 
been valued using the multi-period excess earnings method.   

Research and development 

(iv) 
Research expenditure is recognised as an expense as incurred.  Costs incurred on development projects (relating to the design and 
testing of new or improved products) are recognised as intangible assets when it is probable that the project will, after considering 
its commercial and technical feasibility, be completed and generate future economic benefits and its costs can be measured reliably.  
The  expenditure  capitalised  comprises  all  directly  attributable  costs,  including  costs  of  materials,  services,  direct  labour  and  an 
appropriate  proportion  of  overheads.    Other  development  expenditures  that  do  not  meet  these  criteria  are  recognised  as  an 
expense  as  incurred.    Development  costs  previously  recognised  as  an  expense  are  not  recognised  as  an  asset  in  a  subsequent 
period.  Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortised from the point at which the asset is ready 
for use. 

Other items of expenditure 

(v) 
Significant items of expenditure, such as costs incurred in store set-ups, are expensed in the financial period in which these costs are 
incurred. 

64 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
64

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(r) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Trade and other payables 

Trade and other payables are payables for goods and services provided to the consolidated entity prior to the end of the financial 
period and which are unpaid at that date.  The amounts are unsecured and are normally paid within 60 days of recognition.  Trade 
and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from the reporting date. 

(s) 

Borrowings 

Borrowings  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.    Borrowings  are  subsequently  measured  at 
amortised  cost.    Any  difference  between  the  proceeds  (net  of  transaction  costs)  and  the  redemption  value  is  recognised  in  the 
income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 

(t) 

Contributed equity 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in 
equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options, 
or for the acquisition of a business, are included in the cost of the acquisition as part of the purchase consideration. 

(u) 

Dividend distribution 

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the 
entity, on or before the end of the financial period but not distributed at balance date. 

(v) 

Employee benefits 

Short-term obligations 

(i) 
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the 
end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end 
of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.  All other short-term 
employee benefit obligations are presented as payables. 

Other long-term employee benefit obligations 

(ii) 
The liabilities for long service leave and annual leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the 
period in which the employees render the related service. They are therefore recognised in the provision for employee benefits and 
measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end 
of the reporting period using the projected  unit credit method.  Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, 
experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the end 
of the reporting period of government bonds with terms and currencies that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash 
outflows.  Remeasurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in profit or 
loss. 

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer 
settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur. 

(iii) 
Contributions are made by the economic entity to an employee superannuation fund and are charged as expenses when incurred. 

 Retirement benefit obligations 

Share-based payments 

(iv)  
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to certain employees via the Super Retail Group Executive Option Plan and Super 
Retail Group Performance Rights Plan. 

The fair value of options and performance rights granted under these plans are recognised as an employee benefit expense with a 
corresponding  increase  in  equity.    The  fair  value  is  measured  at  grant  date  and  recognised  over  the  period  during  which  the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. 

For  share  options  and  performance  rights,  the  fair  value  at  grant  date  is  determined  using  a  Binomial  option  pricing  model  that 
takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the vesting and performance criteria, the impact of dilution, the non-
tradeable  nature  of  the  option,  the  share  price  at  grant  date  and  expected  price  volatility  of  the  underlying  share,  the  expected 
dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the option. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 65 

65

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2.

(v) 

Summary of significant accounting policies  (continued) 

Employee benefits (continued) 

Share-based payments (continued) 

(iv)  
The fair value of the options granted excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and sales 
growth  targets).    Non-market  vesting  conditions  are  included  in  assumptions  about  the  number  of  options  that  are  expected  to 
become  exercisable.    At  each  statement  of  financial  position  date,  the  entity  revises  its  estimate  of  the  number  of  options  and 
performance  rights  that  are  expected  to  become  exercisable.    The  employee  benefit  expense  recognised  each  period  takes  into 
account the most recent estimate. 

Upon exercise of the options and performance rights, the balance of the share-based payments reserve relating to those options 
remains in the share based reserve. 

Profit-sharing and bonus plans 

(v) 
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration the 
profit attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments.  The Group recognises a provision where contractually 
obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation. 

(w) 

Finance costs 

Finance costs are recognised in  the period in which these are incurred and are  expensed in the  period to which the costs relate.  
Generally costs such as discounts and premiums incurred in raising borrowings are amortised on an effective yield basis over the 
period of the borrowing.  Finance costs include: 
•
•
•
•
•

interest on bank overdrafts and short-term and long-term borrowings; 
amortisation of discounts or premiums relating to borrowings; 
amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings;  
finance lease charges; and 
interest revenue. 

(x) 

Cash and cash equivalents 

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash includes cash on hand, cash at bank and at call deposits with banks or financial 
institutions, other short term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible 
to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. 

(y) 

Goods and Services Tax 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax, except where the amount of goods and 
services  tax  incurred  is  not  recoverable.    In  these  circumstances  the  goods  and  services  tax  is  recognised  as  part  of  the  cost  of 
acquisition  of  the  asset  or  as  part  of  the  item  of  expense.  Receivables  and  payables  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial 
position are shown inclusive of goods and services tax. 

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis.  The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow. 

(z) 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

(i) 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: 
•
•

the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares; 
by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the  financial  year,  adjusted  for  bonus  elements  in 
ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares (refer note 30 - Earnings Per Share). 

Diluted earnings per share 

(ii) 
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after 
income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average 
number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

66 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
66

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(aa) 

Rounding of amounts 

The economic entity is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, 
issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the financial report.  
Amounts in the financial report have been rounded off in accordance with that instrument to the nearest hundred thousand dollars. 

(ab) 

Financial year 

As  allowed  under  Section  323D(2)  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001,  the  Directors  have  determined  the  financial  year  to  be  a  fixed 
period of 52 calendar or 53 calendar weeks.  For the period to 2 July 2016, the Group is reporting on the 53 week period that began 
28 June 2015 and ended 2 July 2016.  For the period to 27 June 2015, the Group is reporting on the 52 week period that began 29 
June 2014 and ended 27 June 2015. 

(ac) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 

The  following  new  accounting  standards  and  amendments  to  accounting  standards  became  applicable  in  the  current  reporting 
period. 

New Accounting 
Standard 

AASB 2012-3 Offsetting 
Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities 

AASB 2013-3 Limited 
amendment of 
impairment disclosures 

AASB 2013-4 Novation of 
derivatives and hedge 
accounting 

AASB 2014-1 Part A 
Annual improvements 
project – 2010-2012 cycle 

AASB 2014-1 Part A 
Annual improvements 
project – 2011-2013 cycle 

Effective Date 

Summary of Changes 

Group Impact 

1 July 2015 

1 July 2015 

in  AASB  132  Financial 
Clarifies  the  offsetting  rules 
Instruments:  Presentation  (AASB  132),  and  explains  when 
offsetting can be applied. 

Adopted with no 
significant impacts. 

Adopted with no 
significant impacts. 

Removes  the  requirement  to  disclose  the  recoverable 
amount  of  all  cash  generating  units  (CGU)  that  contain 
goodwill or identifiable assets with indefinite lives if there 
has  been  no 
impairment,  requires  disclosure  of  the 
recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  or  CGU  when  an 
impairment  loss  has  been  recognised  or  reversed,  and 
requires detailed disclosure of how the fair value less costs 
of  disposal  has  been  measured  when  an  impairment  loss 
has been recognised or reversed. 

1 July 2015 

Allows for the continuation of hedge accounting when a 
derivative is novated, provided specific conditions are met. 

Adopted with no 
significant impacts. 

1 July 2015 

An annual improvements project clarifies minor points in 
various Australian accounting standards 

Adopted with no 
significant impacts. 

1 July 2015 

An annual improvements project clarifies minor points in 
various Australian accounting standards 

Adopted with no 
significant impacts. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 67 

67

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(ac) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group (continued) 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory to the current reporting period 
and have not been early adopted by the Group as follows: 

Effective Date 

Summary of Changes 

Group Impact 

New Accounting 
Standard 

AASB 9 Financial 
Instruments 

1 January 2018  Addresses the classification, measurement and de-

recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities and 
new rules for hedge accounting. 

The group is assessing 
the potential impact on 
its consolidated 
financial statements 
resulting from the 
application of IFRS 9. 

While still assessing the 
potential impact, the 
group does not 
anticipate any 
significant impacts on 
its consolidated 
financial statements 
resulting from the 
application of IFRS 15. 

The group is assessing 
the potential impact on 
its consolidated 
financial statements 
resulting from the 
application of IFRS 16 
which is considered to 
be significant. 

IFRS 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers 

1 January 2018  Establishes the reporting principles relating to the nature, 

amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows 
arising from a contract with a customer. 

IFRS 16 Leases 

1 January 2019 

Introduces a single lessee accounting model requiring a 
lessee to recognise assets and liabilities for all leases with 
a term of more than 12 months where they are not 
considered of low value.  A right-of-use asset will be 
recognised representing the right to use the underlying 
leased asset and a lease liability representing the 
obligations to make lease payments.  As a consequence, a 
lessee recognises depreciation of the right-of-use asset 
and interest on the lease liability 

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that are expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current 
or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions. 

(ad) 

Parent entity financial information 

The financial information for the parent entity,  Super Retail Group Limited, disclosed in note 33 has  been  prepared on the same 
basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below. 

(i) 
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Super Retail Group Limited. 

Investments in subsidiaries  

Tax consolidation legislation 

 (ii) 
Super Retail Group Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation. 
The  head  entity,  Super  Retail  Group  Limited,  and  the  controlled  entities  in  the  tax  consolidated  group  account  for  current  and 
deferred  tax  amounts  under  the  Separate  taxpayer  within  Group  approach  in  accordance  with  AASB  Interpretation  1052,  Tax 
Consolidation Accounting.  

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Super Retail Group Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or 
assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax 
consolidated group. 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Super Retail 
Group  Limited  for  any  current  tax  payable  assumed  and  are  compensated  by  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  for  any  current  tax 
receivable  and  deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  unused  tax  losses  or  unused  tax  credits  that  are  transferred  to  Super  Retail  Group 
Limited under the tax consolidation legislation.  The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in 
the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements. 

68 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
68

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(ad) 

Parent entity financial information (continued) 

Tax consolidation legislation (continued) 

(ii) 
The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head entity, 
which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year.  The head entity may also require payment of interim 
funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

Assets  or  liabilities  arising  under  tax  funding  agreements  with  the  tax  consolidated  entities  are  recognised  as  current  amounts 
receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group. 

Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised 
as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities. 

Financial guarantees 

(iii) 
Where the parent entity has provided financial guarantees in relation to loans and payables of subsidiaries for no compensation, the 
fair values of these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the investment. 

3.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Estimates  and  judgements  are  continually  evaluated  and  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including 
expectations  of  future  events  that  may  have  a  financial  impact  on  the  entity  and  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the 
circumstances. 

(a)

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future.  The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the related actual results.  The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. 

Estimated impairment of indefinite useful life non-financial assets 

(i)
The  Group  tests  annually  whether  indefinite  useful  life  non-financial  assets  has  suffered  any  impairment,  in  accordance  with  the 
accounting  policy  stated  in  note  2(o).    The  recoverable  amounts  of  cash-generating  units  have  been  determined  based  on 
value-in-use  calculations.    These  calculations  require  the  use  of  assumptions.    Refer  to  note  11  –  Intangible  assets,  for  details  of 
these assumptions. 

Capitalised software costs and useful lives 

(ii)
The  Group  has  undertaken  significant  development  of  software  in  relation  to  the  multi-channel  customer  programme  and  mutli-
channel supply chain and inventory programme.  The useful lives have been determined based on the intended period of use of this 
software. 

Estimated value of make good provision 

(iii)
The  Group  has  estimated  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  expenditure  required  to  remove  any  leasehold  improvements  and 
return leasehold premises to their original state, in addition to the likelihood of this occurring.  These costs have been capitalised as 
part of the cost of the leasehold improvements. 

Net realisable value 

(iv)
The Group records inventory at net realisable value.  This is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business, less the 
estimated cost of completion and the estimate costs necessary to make the sale. 

Long service leave 

(v)
Judgement is required in determining the following key assumptions used in the calculation of long service leave at balance date. 
•
•
•

Future increase in salaries and wages; 
Future on-cost rates; and 
Experience of employee departures and period of service. 

Onerous contracts 

(vi)
For surplus leases, the Group estimates the period it will take to exit surplus lease space.  It then records a liability for the present 
value of the future lease payments for the estimated exit period less estimated future sub-lease revenue.  For loss making revenue 
contracts, the Group estimates a range of potential financial outcomes for each contract based on forecasted scenarios.  It then 
records a liability for the present value of the resulting forecasted loss of each contract. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 69 

69

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

4.

(a)

Segment information 

Description of segments 

Management  has  determined the operating  segments based on  the reports reviewed  by the Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive  Officer  that  are  used  to  make  strategic  decisions.  No  operating  segments  have  been  aggregated  to  form  the  below 
reportable operating segments. This results in the following business segments: 
Auto:  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
Leisure: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Sports: retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles, bicycle accessories and apparel. 

(b)

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Detailed below is the information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive  Officer for reportable segments. 
Items not included in Normalised Net Profit After Tax (Normalised NPAT) are one-off charges relating to business restructuring, non-
continuing operations and impairment of intangible assets. 

For the period ended 2 July 2016 

Auto 
$m 

Leisure 
$m 

Sports 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

922.8 
- 
- 
922.8 
133.2 
(28.6) 
104.6 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue 
Inter segment sales 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other income 
Segment EBITDA(1) 
Segment depreciation and amortisation(2) 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT 
Segment income tax expense(3) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(4) 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
     Non-controlling interests 
Profit for the period  

Intangible assets. 

581.9 
- 
- 
581.9 
37.5 
(18.9) 
18.6 

910.2 
- 
0.9 
911.1 
100.3 
(22.5) 
77.8 

2,414.9 
- 
0.9 
2,415.8 
271.0 
(70.0) 
201.0 

7.9 
(0.6) 
0.7 
8.0 
(25.3) 
(0.4) 
(25.7) 

2,422.8 
(0.6) 
1.6 
2,423.8 
245.7 
(70.4) 
175.3 
(19.4) 
155.9 
(47.3) 
108.6 
(45.8) 

62.8 
(4.8) 
58.0 
(1) Adjusted for business restructuring costs of $43.3 million and the $20.0 million impairment charge for the Ray’s Outdoors brand, refer to note 11 – 

(2) Adjusted for NCI depreciation of $0.9 million and $14.9 million provision for depreciation relating to business restructuring. 
(3) Excludes $17.5 million relating to the tax effect of business restructuring costs with a value of $63.3 million. 
(4) Includes $63.3 million of business restructuring costs (including $20.0 million impairment) and the associated income tax benefit of $17.5 million. 

Business restructuring - 2016 
During  the  period  ended  2  July  2016,  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  continued  its  strategic  review  of  the  Ray’s  Outdoors  and  also 
reviewed the Infinite Retail business.   

Leisure - Ray’s Outdoors 
In  May  2016,  a  decision  was  made  to  reduce  the  Ray’s  network  from  55  stores  as  at  December  2015  to  17  stores.    Twenty-one 
stores close as a result of this decision and 17 stores will convert to other Super Retail Group Limited brands.  As a result there have 
been $38.3 million of business restructuring costs associated with the closures, comprising $18.7 million of property costs, $13.3 
million  of  Property,  plant  and  equipment  write-offs,  and  $6.3  million  of  other  closures  costs.    In  December  2015,  the  Directors 
resolved to impair the $20 million Ray’s Outdoors brand name based on the underperformance of the older Rays stores during the 
period and after reviewing their suitability for the Rays new format. 

Sports – Infinite Retail 
A business review identified the need to renegotiate or exit structurally unprofitable contracts with major sporting bodies or clubs 
and to integrate the operations into Rebel.  Super Retail Group Limited has recognised business restructuring costs of $5.0 million 
comprising  $3.0  million  provision  for  onerous  contracts,  $1.7  million  of  Property,  plant  and  equipment  and  Computer  software 
write-offs, and $0.2 million other costs. 

70 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
70

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

4.

(b)

Segment information (continued) 

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (continued) 

For the period ended 27 June 2015 

Auto 
$m 

Leisure 
$m 

Sports 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

543.2 
- 
- 
543.2 
48.8 
(16.5) 
32.3 

835.0 
- 
0.9 
835.9 
85.8 
(20.2) 
65.6 

2,232.5 
- 
1.6 
2,234.1 
254.0 
(60.1) 
193.9 

8.2 
(2.0) 
0.9 
7.1 
(23.0) 
(0.7) 
(23.7) 

854.3 
- 
0.7 
855.0 
119.4 
(23.4) 
96.0 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue 
Inter segment sales 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other income 
Segment EBITDA(1) 
Segment depreciation and amortisation(2) 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs(3) 
Total segment NPBT 
Segment income tax expense(4) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(5) 
Loss from discontinuing operations 
Profit for the period attributable to: 
Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Non-controlling interests 
Profit for the period  

2,240.7 
(2.0) 
2.5 
2,241.2 
231.0 
(60.8) 
170.2 
(21.6) 
148.6 
(42.3) 
106.3 
(9.0) 
(16.2) 

81.1 
(4.2) 
76.9 

(1) Adjusted for business restructuring costs for continuing operations and discontinuing operations. 
(2) Adjusted for expenses pertaining to discontinued operations of $5.9 million and business restructuring costs for continuing operations of $0.4m. 
(3) Adjusted for non-controlling interest (NCI) interest of $0.3 million). 
(4) Segment income tax expense of $42.3 million excludes $3.8 million relating to the tax effect of business restructuring costs with a value of $12.8 

million, refer to (i) below.  

(5) Includes $12.8 million of business restructuring costs, the related income tax effect of $3.8 million.  

Business restructuring - 2015 
During the period ended 27 June 2015, Super Retail Group Limited conducted a strategic review of the Ray’s Outdoors, FCO Fishing 
Camping Outdoors (FCO), and Workout World businesses.   

Leisure - Ray’s Outdoors 
The strategic review of Ray’s Outdoors determined to reposition Ray’s Outdoors from a broad camping and outdoor offering to an 
outdoor  adventure  for  all’  retail  offering,  focusing  on  providing  a  wide  range  of  quality  outdoor  products  at  constant  fair  value.  
$10.3 million of restructuring expenses have been incurred during the period, with five stores being closed or downsized, and the 
commencement of clearance of inventory lines that have been identified to be exited under the new strategic direction.  As at the 
end  of  the  2015  financial  year,  provisions  recorded  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  in  relation  to  this  activity  comprise  $2.7 
million for inventories, $0.4 million for property, plant and equipment, $2.2 million for onerous leases. 

Leisure - Fishing Camping Outdoors (FCO) 
The  Group  has  exited  the  FCO  business  with  all  13  stores  closed  by  the  end  of  the  2015  financial  year  incurring  a  loss  from 
operations during the period ended 27 June 2015, of $16.2 million - $14.1 million loss generated from trading in the second half of 
the  financial  year.    As  at  the  end  of  the  financial  year,  provisions  recorded  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  in  relation  to  this 
activity comprise $5.5 million for onerous leases, $0.5 for make good provisions and other accruals of $0.6 million. Refer to note 26 - 
Discontinued operations. 

Sports - Workout World 
During  the  2015  financial  year,  a  plan  was  developed  to  integrate  the  Workout  World  stores  into  the  Rebel  business  with  a 
combined  buying  and  marketing  team.    Workout  World  has  been  rebranded  as  a  fitness  brand.    $2.5  million  of  restructuring 
expenses  were  incurred  during  the  period  ended  27  June  2015  with  five  stores  closed  at  the  end  of  the  2015  financial  year  and 
another five closed in the 2016 financial year. As at the end of the financial year, provisions recorded in the consolidated balance 
sheet in relation to this activity comprise $0.4 million for inventories and $1.0 million for onerous leases. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 71 

71

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

4.

(c) 

Segment information (continued) 

Other information 

Revenue is attributable to the country where the sale of goods has transacted.  The consolidated entity’s divisions are operated in 
two main geographical areas with the following areas of operation: 

Australia (the home country of the parent entity) 
Auto:  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
Leisure: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Sports: retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles, bicycle accessories and apparel. 

New Zealand 
Auto:  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 

(i)

Total revenue and other income from continuing operations 

Australia 
New Zealand 

5.

Expenses from continuing operations 

Profit before income tax includes the following specific gains and expenses: 
Expenses 

Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation 

Plant and equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Computer equipment 
Total depreciation(1) (2) 

2016 
$m 

2,320.3 
103.5 
2,423.8 

2016 
$m 

- 

56.2 
0.3 
10.4 
66.9 

2015 
$m 

2,146.1 
95.1 
2,241.2 

2015 
$m 

0.4 

34.1 
0.1 
9.2 
43.4 

(1)

    Included in depreciation expense is $14.9 million (2015: nil) relating to accelerated depreciation on fixed assets for Ray’s Outdoors and Infinite 

Retail in respect of business restructuring activities – refer note 4 – Segment information. 

(2)

    An additional nil (2015: $5.9 million) depreciation expense pertains to discontinued operations. 

Amortisation and Impairment 
Computer software 
Brand name amortisation 
Brand name impairment 
Total amortisation and impairment 

Net finance costs 

Interest and finance charges 
Interest revenue 

Net finance costs  

Employee benefits expense 

Superannuation 
Salaries and wages 

Total employee benefits expense 

72 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
72

19.2 
0.1 
20.0 
39.3 

19.5 
(0.1) 

19.4 

34.0 
438.3 

472.3 

17.3 
0.5 
- 
17.8 

22.2 
(0.3) 

21.9 

30.5 
397.2 

427.7 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

5.

Expenses from continuing operations (continued) 

Rental expense relating to operating leases 

Lease expenses(3) 
Equipment hire 
Total rental expense relating to operating leases(4) 

2016 
$m 

233.1 
8.1 
241.2 

2015 
$m 

203.2 
10.1 
213.3 

(3)   

 Included in lease expenses is $16.8 million (2015: $2.3 million) relating to provision for onerous leases for Ray’s Outdoors in respect of business 
restructuring activities – refer note 4 – Segment information. 

(4)

    An additional nil (2015: $9.0 million) rental expense pertains to discontinued operations. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses 

Net foreign exchange (gain) / loss 

6.

Income tax expense 

(a)

 Income tax expense 

Current tax expense 
Deferred tax (benefit) 
Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 

Deferred income tax (revenue) / expense included in income tax expense comprises: 
(Increase) in deferred tax assets (note 9) 
(Decrease) / increase in deferred tax liabilities (note 9) 

(b)

Numerical reconciliation between tax expense and pre-tax profit 

Profit before income tax from continuing operations  

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2015: 30%) 
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible / (taxable) in  
calculating taxable income: 
Tax consolidation adjustments regarding NZ branches 
Research and development credits and sundry items 

Difference in overseas tax rates 
Derecognition of tax losses and deferred tax assets 
Previously unrecognised tax losses now recouped to reduce tax expense 
Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 
Income tax expense 

Effective tax rate: 
Australia 
Consolidated group 

(2.8) 

1.7 

2016 
$m 

53.7 
(24.0) 
0.1 
29.8 

(17.1) 
(6.9) 
(24.0) 

87.8 

26.3 

(2.7) 
- 

23.6 

0.3 
5.8 
- 
0.1 
29.8 

33.3% 
33.9% 

2015 
$m 

41.3 
(4.2) 
1.4 

38.5 

(9.2) 
5.0 
(4.2) 

131.6 

39.5 

(2.2) 
(0.5) 

36.8 

(0.1) 
2.9 
(0.4) 
(0.7) 
38.5 

29.5% 
29.3% 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 73 

73

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

6. 

Income tax expense (continued) 

(c)

Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to income tax payable 

Income tax (expense) 
Tax effect of timing differences: 
Depreciation 
Provisions 
Accruals and prepayments 
Sundry temporary differences 
Current tax payable 
Income tax instalments paid during the year 

Income tax (payable) / receivable 

(d)

 Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not 
recognised in net profit or loss but directly debited or credited to equity: 
Net deferred tax (credited) / debited directly to equity (note 9) 

Tax (income) / expenses relating to items of other comprehensive income 
Cash flow hedges 

(e) 

Tax consolidation legislation 

2016 
$m 

(29.8) 

(9.0) 
(8.6) 
(4.7) 
2.0 
(50.1) 
43.8 

(6.3) 

(2.8) 

(2.8) 

(3.2) 

(3.2) 

2015 
$m 

(38.5) 

2.6 
(4.8) 
- 
1.5 
(39.2) 
42.1 

2.9 

3.1 

3.1 

2.7 

2.7 

Super Retail Group Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation 
as of 1 July 2003.  The accounting policy in relation to this legislation is set out in note 2(d). 

On  adoption  of  the  tax  consolidation  legislation,  the  entities  in  the  tax  consolidated  group  entered  into  a  tax  sharing  agreement 
which, in the opinion of the directors, limits the joint and several liability of the wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the 
head entity, Super Retail Group Limited. 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Super Retail 
Group  Limited  for  any  current  tax  payable  assumed  and  are  compensated  by  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  for  any  current  tax 
receivable  and  deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  unused  tax  losses  or  unused  tax  credits  that  are  transferred  to  Super  Retail  Group 
Limited under the tax consolidation legislation.  The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in 
the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements. 

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head entity, 
which  is  issued  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  end  of  each  financial  year.  The  head  entity  may  also  require  payment  of  interim 
funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

7.

Trade and other receivables 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Provision for impairment of receivables 
Net trade receivables 

2016 
$m 
11.6 
(0.6) 
11.0 

2015 
$m 
12.8 
(0.3) 
12.5 

Other receivables 
Prepayments(1) 
Net current trade and other receivables 
(1) 

7.8 
9.0 
29.3 
Due to period end being 2 July 2016, compared to 27 June 2015, the prepayments balance has increased due to rent payments being made on the 
first day of the month. 

6.8 
24.9 
42.7 

74 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
74

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

7.

(a) 

Trade and other receivables (continued) 

Impaired trade receivables 

As at 2 July 2016 current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $0.6 million (2015: $0.3 million) were impaired and 
provided for. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to wholesalers with whom the Group no longer trade. 

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows: 

Opening balance 
Provision for impairment recognised during the period  
Provision for impairment reversed during the period 
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable 
Closing balance 

2016 
$m 
(0.3) 
(0.5) 
0.2 
- 
(0.6) 

2015 
$m 
(0.5) 
(0.7) 
- 
0.9 
(0.3) 

The  creation  and  release  of  the  provision  for  the  impaired  receivables  has  been  included  in  administration  expenses  within  the 
consolidated income statement. Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off when there is no expectation 
of recovering additional cost. 

(b) 

Past due but not impaired 

As at 2 July 2016, trade receivables of $6.2 million (2015: $6.3 million) were past due but not impaired.  These relate to a number of 
independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default.  The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows: 

30 to 60 days 
60 to 90 days 
90 days and over 

8.

Inventories 

Finished goods, at lower of cost or net realisable value 

(a)

Inventory expense 

2016 
$m 
1.7 
1.5 
3.0 
6.2 

2016 
$m 
501.9 

2015 
$m 
3.1 
1.3 
1.9 
6.3 

2015 
$m 
505.6 

Inventories recognised as expense during the period ended 2 July 2016 amounted to $1,291.9 million (2015: $1,222.7 million). 

Write-downs of inventories to net realisable value recognised as an expense during the period ended 2 July 2016 amounted to $4.3 
million  (2015:  $6.3  million).    This  expense  has  been  included  in  cost  of  sales  of  goods  within  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive income. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 75 

75

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

9. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Assets 
Amounts recognised in profit or loss 
Provisions  
Accruals and prepayments 
Depreciation 
Tax losses 
Sundry temporary differences 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 
Cash flow hedges 
Share placement costs 

Set off with deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets 

Liabilities 
Amounts recognised in profit or loss 
Brand values 
Depreciation 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 
Cash flow hedges 

Set-off of deferred tax assets 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) 

Movements in deferred tax assets: 
Opening balance  
Credited to the income statement  
Credited / (charged) to equity 
Closing balance 

Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months 
Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months 

Movements in deferred tax liabilities: 
Opening balance  
(Credited) / charged to the income statement  
Charged to equity 

Closing balance  

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than 12 months 
Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months 

76 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
76

2016 
$m 

37.3 
6.4 
16.0 
- 
0.4 
60.1 

2.4 
- 
62.5 
(62.5) 

- 

74.0 
13.2 
87.2 

- 
87.2 
(62.5) 

24.7 

(24.7) 

43.4 
17.1 
2.0 
62.5 

45.6 
16.9 
62.5 

94.9 
(6.9) 
(0.8) 

87.2 

87.2 
- 
87.2 

2015 
$m 

26.1 
1.5 
12.8 
1.3 
1.3 
43.0 

- 
0.4 
43.4 
(43.4) 

- 

80.0 
14.1 
94.1 

0.8 
94.9 
(43.4) 

51.5 

(51.5) 

36.5 
9.2 
(2.3) 
43.4 

30.2 
13.2 
43.4 

89.1 
5.0 
0.8 

94.9 

94.1 
0.8 
94.9 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

10.

Property, plant and equipment 

Plant and equipment, at cost 
Less accumulated depreciation 
Net plant and equipment 

Motor vehicles, at cost 
Less accumulated depreciation 
Net motor vehicles 

Computer equipment, at cost 
Less accumulated depreciation 

Net computer equipment 

Total net property, plant and equipment 

(a)

Reconciliations 

2016 
$m 

383.2 
(179.9) 
203.3 

0.7 
(0.4) 
0.3 

88.1 
 (54.8) 

33.3 

236.9 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of property, plant and equipment are set out below: 

2016 
Carrying amounts at 27 June 2015 
Additions 
Disposals 
Depreciation(1) 
Foreign currency exchange differences 

Carrying amounts at 2 July 2016  

2015 
Carrying amounts at 28 June 2014 
Additions 
Disposals 
Acquisition of subsidiary 
Depreciation(2) 
Transfers between asset class(3) 
Foreign currency exchange differences 

Carrying amounts at 27 June 2015  

Plant and 
equipment $m 
199.5 
59.5 
- 
(56.2) 
0.5 

Motor vehicles 
$m 
0.2 
0.4 
- 
(0.3) 
- 

203.3 

0.3 

172.9 
50.5 
(0.3) 
0.4 
(39.2) 
15.6 
(0.4) 

199.5 

0.1 
0.1 
(0.1) 
0.2 
(0.1) 
- 
- 

0.2 

Computer 
equipment  
$m 
24.4 
19.3 
(0.2) 
(10.4) 
0.2 

33.3 

24.6 
9.8 
(0.1) 
0.1 
(10.0) 
- 
- 

24.4 

2015 
$m 

360.7 
(161.2) 
199.5 

0.5 
(0.3) 
0.2 

83.9 
(59.5) 

24.4 

224.1 

Total 
$m 
224.1 
79.2 
(0.2) 
(66.9) 
0.7 

236.9 

197.6 
60.4 
(0.5) 
0.7 
(49.3) 
15.6 
(0.4) 

224.1 

(1) During the 2016 financial year the useful lives of Plant and equipment and Computer equipment relating to assets in leased locations were re-

assessed to have a shortened useful life associated with the lease term or refurbishment cycle.  This includes those items of Plant and equipment 
and Computer equipment associated with the Ray’s Outdoors and Infinite Retail business restructuring activities – refer note 4 – Segment 
information. 

(2)  During  the  2015  financial  year,  depreciation  of  $43.4  million  was  included  in  administration  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive income relating to continuing operations. Total depreciation for the Group including discontinued operations was $49.3 million. 
(3) Transfers relates to amounts for computer hardware disclosed within Intangible Assets work-in-progress at period end, which were capitalised as 

Plant and Equipment assets during the subsequent financial year. 

Finance Leases 

The carrying value of computer equipment held under finance leases as at 2 July 2016 was $1.2 million (2015: $2.6 million).   
During  the  2015  financial  year,  finance  leases  with  a  value  of  $0.2  million  were  acquired  on  acquisition  of  subsidiary  during  the 
financial year.  There were no other additions during the year.  Leased assets are pledged as security for the related finance lease 
liability. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 77 

77

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

11.

Intangible assets 

Goodwill, at cost 
Less accumulated impairment charge 
Net goodwill 

Computer software, at cost 
Less accumulated amortisation 
Net computer software 

Brand names, at cost 
Less accumulated amortisation and impairment charge 
Net brand names 

Total net intangible assets 

(a)

Reconciliations 

     2016 
    $m 

449.7 
(2.1) 
447.6 

146.5 
(68.2) 
78.3 

267.5 
(21.0) 
246.5 

772.4 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of intangible asset are set out below: 

2016 
Carrying amounts at 27 June 2015 
Additions 
Impairment 
Amortisation charge 
Carrying amounts at 2 July 2016  

Goodwill 
$m 

Computer 
Software 
$m 

Brand 
Name 
$m 

Supplier 
Agreement 
$m 

447.6 
- 
- 
- 
447.6 

87.1 
10.4 
- 
(19.2) 
78.3 

266.6 
- 
(20.0) 
(0.1) 
246.5 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Goodwill 
$m 

Computer 
Software 
$m 

Brand 
Name 
$m 

Supplier 
Agreement 
$m 

2015 
$m 

449.7 
(2.1) 
447.6 

147.7 
(60.6) 
87.1 

267.5 
(0.9) 
266.6 

801.3 

Totals 
$m 

801.3 
10.4 
(20.0) 
(19.3) 
772.4 

Totals 
$m 

2015 
Carrying amounts at 28 June 2014 
Additions 
Acquisition of business 
Disposals 
Amortisation charge(1) 
Transfers between asset class(2) 
Carrying amounts at 27 June 2015  
801.3 
(1)  During  the  2015  financial  year  amortisation  of  $17.8  million  was  included  in  administration  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 

813.4 
14.8 
6.6 
(0.1) 
(17.8) 
(15.6) 

104.9 
14.8 
0.4 
(0.1) 
(17.3) 
(15.6) 

441.4 
- 
6.2 
- 
- 
- 

266.8 
- 
- 
- 
(0.2) 
- 

0.3 
- 
- 
- 
(0.3) 
- 

266.6 

447.6 

87.1 

- 

comprehensive income relating to continuing operations.  There was nil amortisation expense included in discontinued operations.  

(2) Transfers relates to amounts disclosed within computer software work-in-progress at period end, which were capitalised as Plant and Equipment 

assets during the subsequent financial year. 

78 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
78

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

11. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

(b)

Impairment tests for goodwill 

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) identified according to the group of assets based on acquisition. 

A CGU level summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below: 

CGU 
Auto 
Leisure 
Sports 
Group 
Total 

2016 
$m 
45.3 
25.1 
376.5 
0.7 
447.6 

2015 
$m 
45.3 
25.1 
376.5 
0.7 
447.6 

The recoverable amount of a CGU is  determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections 
based on financial business plans approved by the Board of Directors covering a five-year period.  Cash flows beyond the five-year 
period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below.  The growth rate does not exceed the long-term average 
growth rate for the business in which the CGU operates. 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 

Management have consistently applied two key assumptions in the value-in-use analysis across each business segment CGU, a pre-
tax  discount  rate  of  14.0%  (2015:  14.0%)  and  terminal  growth  rate  of  3.0%  (2015:  3.0%).    Budgeted  gross  margin  is  determined 
based  on  past  performance  and  its  expectations  for  the  future.    The  weighted  average  growth  rates  used  are  consistent  with 
forecasts included in industry reports.  The recoverable amount of the Group’s goodwill currently exceeds its carrying value.   

(c)

Impairment tests for the useful life for brands 

No amortisation is provided against the carrying value of the purchased Rebel Sport and Amart Sports brands on the basis that they 
are considered to have an indefinite useful life. 

Key factors taken into account in assessing the useful life of brands were: 
•
•

the strong recognition of brands; and 
there are currently no legal, technical or commercial factors indicating that the life should be considered limited. 

The Goldcross Cycles brand has been determined to have a 20 year life and is amortised over this period. 

The carrying values of the purchased brand names are: 

Brand 
Rebel Sport 
Amart Sports 
Ray’s Outdoors 
Goldcross Cycles 

Total 

2016 
$m 
209.0 
36.0 
- 
1.5 

246.5 

2015 
$m 
     209.0 
36.0 
20.0 
1.6 

266.6 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 

Management have consistently applied two key assumptions in the value-in-use analysis across each brand, a pre-tax discount rate 
of  14.0%  (2015:  14.0%)  and  terminal  growth  rate  of  3.0%  (2015:  3.0%).    Budgeted  gross  margin  is  determined  based  on  past 
performance and its expectations for the future.  The weighted average growth rates used are consistent with forecasts included in 
industry reports.   

The recoverable amount of the Group’s brand names currently exceeds its carrying value. 

During the financial year, the Group continued to reassess the recoverable amount of the associated brand name as a result of the 
ongoing restructure of the Rays business. Following an analysis as at 26 December 2015, the recoverable amount was determined 
to be nil, based on a value in use calculation using a pre-tax discount rate of 14.0% (2015: 14.0%) and terminal growth rate of 3.0% 
(2015: 3.0%).  Forecasted gross margin is determined based on past performance and its expectations for the future.  The weighted 
average  growth  rates  used  are  consistent  with  forecasts  included  in  industry  reports.    The  Group  has  recognised  an  impairment 
charge  of  $20.0  million  against  the  Ray’s  Outdoors  brand  name.  This  impairment  charge  has  been  included  in  administration 
expenses in the consolidated income statement. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 79 

79

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

12.

Trade and other payables 

Current 
Trade payables 
Other payables 
Straight line lease adjustment 
Total current trade and other payables 

Non-current 
Straight line lease adjustment 
Total non-current trade and other payables 

13. 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Current 
Finance leases - secured by leased asset 
Bank debt funding facility - secured 
Bank debt funding facility - unsecured 
Total current interest-bearing liabilities 

Non-current 
Finance lease - secured by leased asset 
Bank debt funding facility - secured 
Bank debt funding facility - unsecured(1) 
Loan from related party - unsecured 
Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities 
(1)Net of borrowing costs capitalised of $1.2 million (2015: $1.7 million) 

14. 

Provisions 

Current 
Employee benefits(a) 
Onerous contracts(b) 
Make good provision(c)  
Other provisions(d) 
Total current provisions 

Non-current 
Employee benefits(a) 
Onerous contracts(b) 
Make good provision(c) 
Total non-current provisions 

2016 
$m 
167.4 
79.6 
4.1 
251.1 

41.7 
41.7 

2016 
$m 
0.8 
0.1 
4.8 
5.7 

- 
0.1 
410.0 
- 
410.1 

2016 
$m 
45.1 
10.1 
2.6 
0.9 
58.7 

8.7 
13.0 
7.5 
29.2 

2015 
$m 
194.9 
70.1 
3.6 
268.6 

36.7 
36.7 

2015 
$m 
1.6 
0.6 
- 
2.2 

1.0 
0.1 
387.8 
0.9 
389.8 

2015 
$m 
37.9 
7.2 
1.5 
2.0 
48.6 

7.6 
2.2 
6.5 
16.3 

Employee benefits 

(a) 
Provisions for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave, long service leave and accrued bonuses.   

Onerous contracts 

(b)
Onerous contracts include the provision for surplus lease space which represents the present value of the future lease payments 
that  the  Group  is  obligated  to  make  in  respect  of  surplus  lease  space  under  non-cancellable  operating  lease  agreements,  less 
estimated future sub-lease revenue. During the year, the group committed to a plan to restructure the Ray’s Outdoors business by 
converting various stores into either the new concept Rays stores or to other Group brands and close other stores.  $17.7million 
associated with the transformation relates to surplus lease space.

80 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
80

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

14. 

Provisions (continued) 

Onerous contracts (continued) 

(b)
Onerous contracts also includes the provision for loss making contracts which represents the present value of the forecasted loss.  
During the year the Group performed a review of key contracts relating to Infinite Retail that were loss making and as a result $3.1 
million was provided within the onerous contracts provision. 

Make good provision 

(c)
Provision is made for costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements at the inception of the agreement.  A provision 
has been recognised for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements.  These 
costs have been capitalised as part of the cost of the leasehold improvements and are amortised over the shorter of the term of the 
lease or the useful life of the assets. 

Other provisions 

(d)
The current provision for other items includes the provision for store refunds. 

Movement in provisions 

(e)
Movements in each class of provision during the period, except for employee benefits and other, are set out below: 

Onerous 
contracts 
$m 
9.4 
20.8 
- 
(7.1) 

23.1 

Make good 
$m 
8.0 
2.8 
0.9 
(1.6) 

10.1 

Total 
$m 
17.4 
23.6 
0.9 
(8.7) 

33.2 

2016 
Opening balance as at 27 June 2015 
Provisions made 
Indexing of provisions 
Provisions used 

Closing balance as at 2 July 2016 

15. 

Contributed equity 

(a) 

Share capital 

Ordinary shares fully paid (197,177,318 ordinary shares as at 2 July 2016) 

2016 
$m 
542.3 

Movement in ordinary share capital 

(i)
Opening Balance 28 June 2014 
Shares issued under performance rights 
Balance 27 June 2015 
Shares issued under performance rights 

Closing balance 2 July 2016 

Number of Shares 

Issue Price 

196,731,620 
298,951 
197,030,571 
146,747 

197,177,318 

- 

- 

2015 
$m 
542.3 

$m 

542.3 
- 
542.3 
- 

542.3 

Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital. 

The ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the parent entity in proportion 
to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. 

On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present, in person or by proxy, at a meeting of shareholders of the parent entity 
is entitled to one vote and, upon a poll, each share is entitled to one vote. 

Performance  rights  over  621,365  (2015:  579,192)  ordinary  shares  were  issued  during  the  period  with  146,747  (2015:  298,951) 
performance rights vesting during the period.  Under the share option plan, nil (2015: nil) ordinary shares were issued during the 
period.  Information relating to performance rights and options outstanding at the end of the financial period are set out in note 31 
- Share-based payments. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 81 

81

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

15. 

Contributed equity (continued) 

(a) 

Share capital (continued) 

Dividend reinvestment plan 
The Company has established a dividend reinvestment plan under which holders of ordinary shares may elect to have all or part of 
their dividend entitlements satisfied by shares purchased on market rather than by being paid in cash. 

16. 

Reserves and retained earnings 

Reserves 

(a)
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Share based payments reserve 
Hedging reserve 
NCI equity reserve 

Total 

Movements 

(i)
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Net exchange difference on translation of foreign controlled entities 
Balance at the end of the financial period 

Share-based payments reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Options and performance rights expense  

Balance at the end of the financial period 

Hedging reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Revaluation – gross 
Deferred tax 
Balance at the end of the financial period 

NCI equity reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

2016 
$m 

3.9 
8.5 
(5.6) 
(7.7) 

(0.9) 

3.5 
0.4 
3.9 

7.8 
0.7 

8.5 

1.9 
(10.7) 
3.2 
(5.6) 

- 
(7.7) 

(7.7) 

2015 
$m 

3.5 
7.8 
1.9 
- 

13.2 

4.1 
(0.6) 
3.5 

8.0 
(0.2) 

7.8 

(4.4) 
9.0 
(2.7) 
1.9 

- 
- 

- 

Nature and purpose of reserves 

(ii)
Hedging reserve - cash flow hedges 
The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in 
equity, as described in note 2(l).  Amounts are recognised in profit and loss when the associated hedged transaction affects profit 
and loss. 

Share-based payments reserve 
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the grant date fair value of options and performance rights issued. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve, as 
described in note 2(e).  The reserve is recognised in profit and loss when the net investment is disposed of. 

NCI equity reserve 
The NCI equity reserve is used to recognise the change in ownership interest in controlled entities. 

82 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
82

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

16. 

Reserves and retained earnings (continued) 

(b)

Retained earnings 

Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Net profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Dividends paid 

Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

17. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities 

(a) 

Financial instruments 

The Group holds the following financial instruments: 

2016 
$m 
212.8 
62.8 
(81.9) 

193.7 

2015 
$m 
210.4 
81.1 
(78.7) 

212.8 

Financial assets 
2016 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Total 

2015 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Total 

Financial liabilities 
2016 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Total 

2015 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Total 

Derivatives used for 
hedging 
$m 

Financial assets at 
amortised cost 
$m 

Notes 

7 
18 

7 
18 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
6.8 
6.8 

15.6 
42.7 
- 
58.3 

13.1 
29.3 
- 
42.4 

Derivatives used for 
hedging 
$m 

Financial liabilities at 
amortised cost 
$m 

Notes 

12 
13 
18 

12 
13 
18 

- 
- 
8.0 
8.0 

- 
- 
4.1 
4.1 

292.8 
415.8 
- 
708.6 

305.3 
392.0 
- 
697.3 

Total 
$m 

15.6 
42.7 
- 
58.3 

13.1 
29.3 
6.8 
49.2 

Total 
$m 

292.8 
415.8 
8.0 
716.6 

305.3 
392.0 
4.1 
701.4 

The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with the financial instruments is discussed in note 18 – Financial risk management.  
The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  is  the  carrying  amount  of  each  class  of  financial  assets 
mentioned above. 

(b) 

Recognised fair value measurements 

Fair value hierarchy  

(i)   
This  section  explains  the  judgements  and  estimates  made  in  determining  the  fair  values  of  the  financial  instruments  that  are 
recognised and measured at fair value in the financial statements.  To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used 
in  determining  fair  value,  the  Group  has  classified  its  financial  instruments  into  the  three  levels  prescribed  under  the  accounting 
standards.  An explanation of each level follows underneath the table. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 83 

83

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

17. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

(b)

Recognised fair value measurements (continued) 

(i)   

Fair value hierarchy (continued) 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the balance sheet date. 

The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to 
their  short-term  nature.    The  fair  value  of  financial  liabilities  for  disclosure  purposes  is  estimated  by  discounting  the  future 
contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. 

The following tables present the Group’s entity’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value.   

2016 
Financial assets 
Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Financial liabilities 
Derivatives used for hedging 
Total  

2015 
Financial assets 
Derivatives used for hedging 
Total  

Financial liabilities 
Derivatives used for hedging 
Total  

Level 1 
$m 

Level 2 
$m 

Level 3 
$m 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

8.0 
8.0 

- 

- 

- 
- 

Level 1 
$m 

Level 2 
$m 

Level 3 
$m 

- 
- 

- 
- 

6.8 
6.8 

4.1 
4.1 

- 
- 

- 
- 

Total 
$m 

- 

- 

8.0 
8.0 

Total 
$m 

6.8 
6.8 

4.1 
4.1 

There  were  no  transfers  between  any  levels  for  recurring  fair  value  measurements  during  the  year.    The  Group’s  policy  is  to 
recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period. 

Level  1:  The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  traded  in  active  markets  (such  as  publicly  traded  derivatives,  and  trading  and 
available-for-sale securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market price used 
for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1.  

Level  2:  The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  (for  example,  over-the-counter 
derivatives)  is  determined  using  valuation  techniques  which  maximise  the  use  of  observable  market  data  and  rely  as  little  as 
possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument 
is included in level 2.   

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This 
is the case for unlisted equity securities. 

Valuation techniques used to determine fair value 

(ii)   
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include: 
•
•

the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments; 
the  fair  value  of  interest  rate  swaps  is  calculated  as  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  based  on 
observable yield curves; 
the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date; 
the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis. 

•
•

All of the resulting fair value estimates are included in level 2, where the fair values have been determined  based on present 
values and the discount rates used were adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk. 

84 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
84

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

18. 

Financial risk management 

This note explains the Group’s exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect the Group’s future financial performance. 
Current year profit and loss information has been included where relevant to add further context. 

Market risk 

Credit risk 

Liquidity risk 

Exposure 
arising from 

Foreign exchange 
Future commercial 
transactions  
Recognised financial assets 
and liabilities not 
denominated in AUD 

Interest rate 

Long-term borrowings at 
variable rates 

Cash and cash equivalents, 
trade and other receivables 
and derivative financial 
instruments 

Borrowings and other 
liabilities 

Measurement 

Cash flow forecasting 
Sensitivity analysis 

Sensitivity analysis 

Management 

Forward foreign 
exchange contracts and 
options 

Interest rate swaps 

Aging analysis 
Credit ratings 

Rolling cash flow 
forecasts 

Credit limits and 
retention of title over 
goods sold 

Availability of committed 
credit lines and 
borrowing facilities 

The  Group’s  risk  management  is  carried  out  by  the  finance  department  under  policies  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  The 
finance  department  identifies,  evaluates  and  hedges  financial  risks  in  close  co-operation  with  the  Group’s  operating  units.  The 
Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange 
risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of 
excess liquidity. 

(a)  

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivative Financial Instruments are only used for economic hedging purposes and not as trading or speculative instruments. The 
Group has the following derivative financial instruments: 

Current assets 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 

Total current derivative financial instrument assets 

Current liabilities 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 
Interest rate swap contracts – cash flow hedges 
Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities 

2016 
$m 

- 

- 

4.2 
3.8 
8.0 

2015 
$m 

6.8 

6.8 

- 
4.1 
4.1 

Classification of derivatives 

(i)  
Derivatives  are  classified  as  held  for  trading  and  accounted  for  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  unless  they  are  designated  as 
hedges. They are presented as current assets or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the 
reporting period. 

The  Group’s  accounting  policy  for  its  cash  flow  hedges  is  set  out  in  note  2(l).  For  hedged  forecast  transactions  that  result  in  the 
recognition of a non-financial asset, the Group has elected to include related hedging gains and losses in the initial measurement of 
the cost of the asset. 

(ii)  
For information about the methods and assumptions used in determining the fair value of derivatives please refer to note 2(m). 

Fair value measurement 

(b)      Market risk  

Foreign exchange risk 

(i)  
 Group companies are required to hedge their foreign exchange risk exposure using forward contracts transacted with the finance 
department. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 85 

85

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

18. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)      Market risk (continued) 

Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

(i)  
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from currency exposures  to the United States 
dollar (USD) and Chinese Yuan (CNY). 

Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  when  future  commercial  transactions  and  recognised  assets  and  liabilities  are  denominated  in  a 
currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. 

The  Group’s  risk  management  policy  is  to  hedge  between  50%  and  75%  of  anticipated  foreign  currency  purchases  for  the 
subsequent 4 months and up to 50% of anticipated foreign currency purchases for the following 5 to 12 month period. 

Instruments used by the Group 
The economic entity retails products including some that have been imported from Asia, with contract pricing denominated in USD.  
In  order  to  protect  against  exchange  rate  movements,  the  economic  entity  has  entered  into  forward  exchange  rate  contracts  to 
purchase USD.  The contracts are timed to mature in line with forecasted payments for imports and cover forecast purchases for the 
subsequent twelve months, on a rolling basis.  The Group does not currently enter into forward exchange rate contracts to purchase 
CNY. 

Exposure 
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period was as follows: 

Trade receivables 
Trade payables 
Forward exchange contract -  foreign currency (cash flow hedges) 
          Buy United States dollars and sell Australian dollars with maturity 
          - 0 to 4 months 
          - 5 to 12 months 

Trade receivables  
Trade payables 

2016 
USD 
$m 
2.3 
16.9 

47.0 
74.0 

121.0 

2016 
CNY 
$m 
0.4 
2.0 

2015 
USD 
$m 
1.5 
8.0 

54.0 
80.0 

134.0 

2015 
CNY 
$m 
0.2 
3.9 

The  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  hedging  instrument  that  is  determined  to  be  an  effective  hedge  is  recognised  directly  in 
equity.  When the cash flows occur, the Group adjusts the initial measurement of the component recognised in the consolidated 
balance sheet by the related amount deferred in equity.  In the year ended 2 July 2016, no hedges were designated as ineffective 
(2015: nil). 

Gains and losses arising from hedging contracts terminated prior to maturity are also carried forward until the designated hedged 
transaction occurs. 

The following gains, losses and costs have been deferred as at the balance date: 

- unrealised (losses) / gains / on USD foreign exchange contracts 
- unrealised (losses) / gains / on interest rate swaps 
Total unrealised (losses) / gains 

2016 
 $m 
(4.2) 
(3.8) 
(8.0) 

2015 
$m 
6.8 
(4.1) 
2.7 

86 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
86

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

18. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

(i)            Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

Group sensitivity 
Based  on  the  financial  instruments  held  at  2  July  2016,  had  the  Australian  dollar  weakened/strengthened  by  10%  against  other 
currencies with all other variables held constant, the impact on the Group’s post-tax profit would have been nil, on the basis that 
the financial instruments would have been designated as cash flow hedges and the impact upon the foreign exchange movements 
of other financial assets and liabilities is negligible. 

Equity would have been $10.7 million lower/$13.1 million higher (2015: $11.9 million lower/$14.5 million higher) had the Australian 
dollar weakened/strengthened by 10% against other currencies, arising mainly from forward foreign exchange contracts designated 
as cash flow hedges.  The impact on other Group assets and liabilities as a result of movements in exchange rates are not material. 

A sensitivity of 10% was selected following review of historic trends. 

(ii)          Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk 

Instruments used by the Group - interest rate swap contracts 
Bank loans of the economic entity currently bear an average variable interest rate of 3.28% (2015: 3.49%).  It is policy to protect part 
of the forecasted debt from exposure to increasing interest rates.  Accordingly, the economic entity has entered into interest rate 
swap contracts, under which it is obliged to receive interest at variable rates and to pay interest at fixed rates.  The contracts are 
settled  on  a  net  basis  and  the  net  amount  receivable  or  payable  at  the  reporting  date  is  included  in  other  receivables  or  other 
payables.   

At  period  end,  the  Group  was  a  party  to  multiple  interest  rate  swaps  for  a  total  nominal  value  of  $155.0  million  (2015:  $175.0 
million).  The Group also has $200.0 million (2015: $75.0 million) interest rate swaps in place for future periods up until November 
2018 at an average rate of 2.85%.  

The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each 90 days.  The settlement dates coincide with the dates 
on which interest is payable on the underlying debt.  Swaps on the current debt balance cover approximately 37.0% (2015: 45.0%) 
of the loan principal outstanding.  The average fixed interest rate is 3.35% (2015: 3.37%). 

Interest rate risk exposures 
The economic entity’s exposure to interest rate risk and the effective weighted average interest rate by maturity periods is set out 
in the following table: 

Notes 

7 

12 
13 
14 

2016 
Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Total financial assets 
Weighted average rate of interest 
Financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Provisions (employee benefits) 
Total financial liabilities 
Weighted average rate of interest 
Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

Floating 
interest 
rate 
$m 

13.8 
- 
13.8 

1.75% 

- 
415.0 
- 
415.0 
3.28% 
(401.2) 

Fixed interest maturing in 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 5 
years 
$m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

Non-
interest 
bearing 
$m 

Total 
$m 

15.6 
42.7 
58.3 

292.8 
415.8 
53.8 
762.4 

- 
- 
- 

- 
0.8 
- 
0.8 

(0.8) 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

1.8 
42.7 
44.5 

292.8 
- 
53.8 
346.6 

(302.1) 

(704.1) 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 87 

87

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

18. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

 (ii)          Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk (continued) 

Notes 

7 

12 
13 
14 

2015 
Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Total financial assets 
Weighted average rate of interest 
Financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Provisions (employee benefits) 
Total financial liabilities 
Weighted average rate of interest 
Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

Floating 
interest 
rate 
$m 

11.4 
- 
11.4 
2.00% 

- 
389.4 
- 
389.4 
3.49% 
(378.0) 

Fixed interest maturing in 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 
5 years 
$m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

- 
- 
- 

- 
1.6 
- 
1.6 

- 
- 
- 

- 
1.0 
- 
1.0 

(1.6) 

(1.0) 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

Non-
interest 
bearing 
$m 

1.7 
29.3 
31.0 

305.3 
- 
45.5 
350.8 

Total 
$m 

13.1 
29.3 
42.4 

305.3 
392.0 
45.5 
742.8 

(319.8) 

(700.4) 

Group sensitivity 
The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings.  Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash 
flow interest rate risk.  Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.  During the 2016 and 2015 
financial years, the Group’s borrowings were at variable rates and were denominated in Australian dollars. 

As at the reporting date, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts outstanding: 

Bank overdrafts and bank loans 
Interest rate swaps 

An analysis by maturities is provided in (d) below. 

2016 
$m 
416.2 
155.0 

2015 
$m 
390.2 
175.0 

The Group risk management policy is to maintain fixed interest rate hedges of approximately 40% of anticipated debt levels over a 3 
year period.  The Group utilises interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate exposure on borrowings. 

As at 2 July 2016, if interest rates had changed by +/- 100 basis points from the year-end rates with all other variables held constant, 
post-tax  profit  and  equity  for  the  year  would  have  been  $1.8  million  lower/higher  (2015:  $1.7  million  lower/higher),  mainly  as  a 
result of higher/lower interest expense on bank loans. 

(c)          Credit risk 

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, favourable derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial 
institutions,  as  well  as  credit  exposures  to  wholesale  and  retail  customers,  including  outstanding  receivables  and  committed 
transactions. 

(i)            Risk management 
Credit  risk  is  managed  on  a  Group  basis.  For  banks  and  financial  institutions,  only  independently  rated  parties  with  a  minimum 
rating of ‘A’ are accepted.  

If wholesale customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control 
assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual 
risk limits are set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the board. The compliance with credit limits 
by wholesale customers is regularly monitored by line management. 

88 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
88

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

18. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(c)

Credit risk (continued) 

(i)            Risk management (continued) 
Sales to retail customers are required to be settled in cash or using major credit cards, mitigating credit risk. There are no significant 
concentrations of credit risk, whether through exposure to individual customers, specific industry sectors and/or regions.  

(ii)            Security 
For wholesale customers without credit rating, the Group generally retains title over the goods sold until full payment is received, 
thus limiting the loss from a possible default to the profit margin made on the sale. For some trade receivables the Group may also 
obtain security in the form of guarantees, deeds of undertaking or letters of credit which can be called upon if the counterparty is in 
default under the terms of the agreement.

(d)            Liquidity risk 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount 
of  committed  credit  facilities  to  meet  obligations  when  due.  Due  to  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  underlying  businesses,  finance 
department maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit lines. 

Management  monitors  rolling  forecasts  of  the  Group’s  liquidity  reserve  (comprising  the  undrawn  borrowing  facilities  below)  and 
cash  and  cash  equivalents  on  the  basis  of  expected  cash  flows.    In  addition,  the  Group’s  liquidity  management  policy  involves 
projecting cash flows in major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet these. 

(i)            Financing arrangements 

Unrestricted access was available at balance date to the following lines of credit: 

Total facilities 
 -  bank debt funding facility 
 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

Facilities used at balance date 
 -  bank debt funding facility 
 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 
Total 

Unused balance of facilities at balance date 
 -  bank debt funding facility 
 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 
Total 

2016 
$m 

615.0 
20.0 

635.0 

416.0 
3.7 
419.7 

199.0 
16.3 
215.3 

2015 
$m 

615.0 
20.0 

635.0 

389.5 
4.8 
394.3 

225.5 
15.2 
240.7 

Current interest rates on bank loans of the economic entity are 2.88% - 3.33% (2015: 3.19% - 3.68%). 

Maturities of financial liabilities 

(ii)    
The following tables analyse the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities 
for:  
-
-

all non-derivative financial liabilities; and 
net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of 
the timing of the cash flows. 

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying 
balances as the impact of discounting is not significant. For interest rate swaps the cash flows have been estimated using forward 
interest rates applicable at the end of the reporting period. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 89 

89

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

18. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(d)            Liquidity risk (continued) 

(ii)    

Maturities of financial liabilities (continued) 

Less than 
6 months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years  
$m 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

247.0 
6.8 
0.4 
254.2 

- 
11.5 
0.4 
11.9 

- 
221.7 
- 
221.7 

- 
210.2 
- 
210.2 

1.2 

1.0 

1.3 

0.3 

(103.4) 
107.0 

4.8 

(59.1) 
60.9 

2.8 

- 
- 

1.3 

- 
- 

0.3 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

Less than 
6 months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years  
$m 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

265.0 
7.4 
0.9 
273.3 

- 
6.8 
0.7 
7.5 

- 
101.8 
1.0 
102.8 

- 
313.2 
- 
313.2 

1.1 

1.0 

1.9 

0.6 

(112.9) 
108.3 

(3.5) 

(61.0) 
60.5 

0.5 

- 
- 

1.9 

- 
- 

0.6 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

247.0 
416.2 
0.8 
664.0 

247.0 
450.2 
0.8 
698.0 

3.8 

3.8 

(162.5) 
167.9 

9.2 

- 
4.2 

8.0 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

265.0 
390.2 
2.6 
657.8 

265.0 
429.2 
2.6 
696.8 

4.6 

4.1 

(173.9) 
168.8 

(0.5) 

(6.8) 
- 

(2.7) 

2016 
Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities(1) 
Finance lease liabilities 
Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 
Net settled (Interest Rate Swaps) 
Forward exchange contracts used for 
hedging: 
Gross settled 
- (inflow) 
- outflow 

Total derivatives 
(1)Excludes finance leases. 

2015 
Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities(1) 
Finance lease liabilities 
Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 
Net settled (Interest Rate Swaps) 
Forward exchange contracts used for 
hedging: 
Gross settled 
- (inflow) 
- outflow 

Total derivatives 
(1)Excludes finance leases. 

90 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
90

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

19. 

(a) 

Capital management 

Risk management  

The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  their  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern,  so  that  they  can 
continue  to  provide  returns  for  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other  stakeholders,  and  maintain  an  optimal  capital  structure  to 
reduce the cost of capital. 

In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital  structure,  the  Group  may  adjust  the  amount  of  dividends  paid  to  shareholders,  return 
capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.  

The Group monitors overall capital on the basis of the gearing ratio.  The ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital.  Net 
debt  is  calculated  as  total  borrowings  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Total  capital  is  calculated  as  equity  as  shown  in  the 
consolidated  balance sheet (including non-controlling interests) plus net debt. 

During 2016 the Group’s strategy, which was unchanged from 2015, was to ensure that the gearing ratio remained below 50%.  This 
target  ratio  range  excludes  the  short-term  impact  of  acquisitions.    The  gearing  ratios  at  2  July  2016  and  27  June  2015  were  as 
follows: 

Total borrowings 
Less:  Cash & cash equivalents 
Net Debt 
Total Equity 

Total Capital 
Gearing Ratio 

2016 
$m 
415.8 
(15.6) 
400.2 
734.0 

1,134.2 
35.3% 

2015 
$m 
392.0 
(13.1) 
378.9 
765.3 

1,144.2 
33.1% 

The  Group  monitors  ongoing  capital  on  the  basis  of  the  fixed  charge  cover  ratio.    The  ratio  is  calculated  as  earnings  before  net 
finance  costs,  income  tax,  depreciation,  amortisation  and  store  and  rental  expense  divided  by  fixed  charge  obligations  (being 
finance  costs  and  store  and  distribution  centre  rental  expenses).    Rental  expenses  are  calculated  net  of  straight  line  lease 
adjustments, while finance costs exclude non-cash mark-to-market losses or gains on interest rate swaps. 

During 2016 the Group’s strategy, which was unchanged from 2015, was to maintain a fixed charge cover ratio of around 2.0 times 
and a net debt to EBITDA of below 2.5 times.  The fixed charge cover and net debt to EBITDA ratios at 2 July 2016 and 27 June 2015 
were as follows: 

Profit attributable to Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Add:    Taxation expense 
    Net finance costs 
    Depreciation and amortisation (excludes Goodwill impairment) 

EBITDA 

    Rental expense 

EBITDAR 

    Net finance costs 
    Rental expense 

Fixed charges 
Fixed charge cover ratio 
Net debt to EBITDA ratio 
(1) 2015 includes continuing and discontinued operations. 

Fixed charge cover ratio from normalised net profit after tax(2) 
Net debt to EBITDA ratio from normalised net profit after tax(2) 
(2) Normalised EBITDAR is $470.0m (2015: $444.3m) and normalised EBITDA is $245.7m (2015: $231.0m) 

2016 
$m 
62.8 
29.8 
19.4 
86.2 
198.2 
241.2 
439.4 
19.4 
241.2 
260.6 
1.69 
2.02 

1.93 
1.63 

2015(1) 
$m 
81.1 
38.5 
21.9 
67.1 
208.6 
222.3 
430.9 
21.9 
222.3 
244.2 
1.76 
1.82 

1.89 
1.64 

Loan Covenants 

(i)    
Financial  covenants  are  provided  by  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  with  respect  to  leverage,  gearing,  fixed  charges  coverage  and 
shareholder  funds.    The  Group  has  complied  with  the  financial  covenants  of  its  borrowing  facilities  during  the  2016  and  2015 
financial years. There are no assets pledged as security in relation to the unsecured debt in the 2016 financial year (2015: nil). 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 91 

91

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

19. 

Capital management (continued) 

(b) 

Dividends  

Ordinary shares 
Dividends paid by Super Retail Group Limited during the 2016 financial year were as 
follows: 

Final dividend for the period ended 27 June 2015 of 21.5 cents per share (2014: 21.5 
cents per share) paid on 2 October 2015.  Fully franked based on tax paid @ 30% 

Interim dividend for the period ended 26 December 2015 of 20.0 cents (2015: 18.5 
cents per share) paid on 8 April 2016.  Fully franked based on tax paid @ 30% 

Total dividends provided and paid 

Dividends paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of shares under the dividend 
reinvestment plan were as follows: 

-
-

paid in cash 
satisfied by issue of shares purchased on market 

Dividends not recognised at year end 
Subsequent to year end, the Directors have declared the payment of a final dividend of 
21.5 cents per ordinary share (2015: 21.5 cents per ordinary share), fully franked based 
on tax paid at 30%. 
The aggregate amount of the dividend expected to be paid on 7 October 2016, out of 
retained profits as at 2 July 2016, but not recognised as a liability at year end, is 

Franking credits 
The franked portions of dividends paid after 2 July 2016 will be franked out of existing 
franking credits and out of franking credits arising from the payments of income tax in 
the years ending after 2 July 2016. 

Franking  credits  remaining  at  balance  date  available  for  dividends  declared  after  the 
current balance date based on a tax rate of 30%  

2016 
$m 

2015 
$m 

42.4 

39.5 
81.9 

72.3 
9.6 

81.9 

42.2 

36.5 
78.7 

74.6 
4.1 

78.7 

42.4 

42.4 

121.9 

106.7 

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial period, adjusted for: 
-     franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability; and 
-     franking debits that will arise from the payment of the dividend as a liability at the reporting date. 

The amount recorded above as the franking credit amount is based on the amount of Australian income tax paid or to be paid in 
respect of the liability for income tax at the balance date. 

The  impact  on  the  franking  account  of  the  dividend  recommended  by  the  directors  since  year  end  will  be  a  reduction  in  the 
franking account of $18,168,481 (2015: $18,154,960).  The recommended dividend has not been recognised as a liability at year 
end. 

20. 

Key management personnel disclosures 

(a) 

Key management personnel compensation 

Short-term employee benefits 
Long-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments 
Termination benefits 

The key management personnel remuneration in some instances has been paid by a subsidiary. 

Loans to key management personnel 
There were no loans to individuals at any time. 

92 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
92

2016 
$ 
6,358,770 
51,826 
221,046 
453,190 
- 

7,084,832 

2015 
$ 
5,145,292 
51,183 
224,263 
96,533 
232,004 

5,749,275 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

20. 

Key management personnel disclosures (continued) 

Other transactions with key management personnel 
Aggregate amounts of each of the above types of other transactions with key management personnel of Super Retail Group Limited: 
2015 
$ 
23,192,162 

Amounts paid to key management personnel as shareholders 
Dividends  

2016 
$ 
25,261,350 

21. 

Remuneration of auditors 

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and non-related audit firms.   

PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
Assurance services 

(a)
(i) 
Audit and review of financial statements 
Audit and review of subsidiaries(1) 
Other assurance 

Taxation services 

Total remuneration for audit  and other assurance services 
(ii) 
Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns(2) 
Customs Advice 

Other services 

Total remuneration for taxation services 
(iii) 
Digital innovation support(3) 
Total remuneration for advisory services 
Total remuneration of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

(b) Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
(i) 
Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns 

Taxation services 

Total remuneration for taxation services 
Total remuneration of network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

2016 
$ 

423,700 
88,230 
53,500 

565,430 

211,244 
4,590 

215,834 

340,290 

340,290 
1,121,554 

33,845 

33,845 
33,845 

2015 
$ 

473,854 
20,000 
10,000 

503,854 

101,692 
22,675 

124,367 

- 

- 
628,221 

26,025 

26,025 
26,025 

Total auditors’ remuneration 
(1) Increase due to audit requirements of partially owned subsidiaries. 
(2) Increase due to indirect taxes review resulting in refunds being received. 
(3) Engagement in relation to digital capability analysis and support awarded under a competitive tender. 

1,155,399 

654,246 

It is the Group’s policy to employ PricewaterhouseCoopers on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where 
PricewaterhouseCoopers’ expertise and experience with the Group are important.  These assignments are principally tax advice and 
due diligence reporting on acquisitions, or where PricewaterhouseCoopers is awarded assignments on a competitive basis.  It is the 
Group’s policy to seek competitive tenders for all major consulting projects. 

22. 

Contingencies 

Guarantees 
Guarantees issued by the bankers of the Group in support of various rental arrangements 
for certain retail outlets and support of banking arrangements for associates. 
The maximum future rental payments guaranteed amount to: 

2016 
$m 

2015 
$m 

3.7 

5.3 

From time to time the Group is subject to legal claims as a result of its operations.  An immaterial contingent liability may exist for 
any exposure over and above current provisioning levels. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 93 

93

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

23. 

Commitments 

Capital commitments 
Commitments for the acquisition of plant and equipment contracted for at the 
reporting date but not recognised as liabilities payable: 
Within one year 

Total capital commitments 

Lease commitments 
Commitments in relation to operating lease payments for property and motor vehicles 
under non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows: 
Within one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 
Later than five years 
Less lease straight lining adjustment (note 12) 
Total lease commitments 
Future minimum lease payments expected to be received in relation to non-cancellable 
sub-leases of operating leases 

2016 
$m 

2015 
$m 

4.0 

4.0 

202.0 
596.7 
157.1 
(45.8) 
910.0 

2.5 

4.5 

4.5 

193.0 
561.5 
201.0 
(40.3) 
915.2 

0.2 

The Group leases various offices, warehouses and retail stores under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have varying 
terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal the terms of the leases are renegotiated.   

Finance leases 
The Group leases various plant and equipment with a carrying amount of $1.2m (2015: $2.6m) under finance leases expiring within 
one year. 

Commitments in relation to finance leases are payable as follows: 
Within one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 
Minimum lease payments 

Future finance charges 

Total lease liabilities 

Representing lease liabilities: 
Current (note 13) 
Non-current (note 13) 

2016 
$m 

0.8 
- 
0.8 

- 

0.8 

0.8 
0.0 
0.8 

2015 
$m 

1.8 
1.0 
2.8 

(0.2) 

2.6 

1.6 
1.0 
2.6 

24. 

Related party transactions 

Transactions with related parties are at arm’s length unless otherwise stated. 

Parent entities 

(a)
The parent entity within the Group is Super Retail Group Limited, which is the ultimate Australian parent. 

Subsidiaries 

(b)
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 34 – Investments in controlled entities. 

Key Management Personnel 

(c)
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 20 – Key management personal disclosures. 

94 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
94

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

24. 

Related party transactions (continued) 

Directors 

(d) 
The names of the persons who were Directors of Super Retail Group Limited during the financial period are R J Wright, R A Rowe, R J 
Skippen, S A Pitkin, D J Eilert, L K Inman and P A Birtles. 

Amounts due from related parties 

(e) 
Amounts due from Directors of the consolidated entity and their director-related entities are shown below in note 24(f). 

(f) 

Loans to / (from) Related Parties 

Loans to / (from) Related Parties 
Loan from related parties(1) 
Loan to related parties(2) 

2016 
$ 

- 
259,088 

2015 
$ 

(955,687) 
50,000 

(1) Loan from Sports and Entertainment Limited (SEL), an entity with a non-controlling interest in Infinite Retail Pty Ltd (Infinite Retail), a controlled 
entity of the Group.  This loan has been repaid in November 2015 as part of the transaction resulting in the Group’s change in ownership interest 
in Infinities Retail, refer to note 25(a) - Business  combinations. In  the prior financial year, the loan was deemed to be on an arms-length basis, 
attracting interest at a rate of 6.9%. 

(2) Loans to James Woodford Pty Ltd, an entity with a non-controlling interest in Youcamp Pty Ltd, a controlled entity of the Group and Australian 
Creatives Online Pty Ltd, an entity with a non-controlling interest in Fixed Price Car Service Pty Ltd, a controlled entity of the Group. These loans 
were extended as part of the Group’s acquisition arrangements with Youcamp Pty Ltd and Fixed Price Car Service Pty Ltd, refer to note 25(b) & (d) 
- Business combinations.  These loans are deemed to be on an arms-length basis, attracting interest at a rate of 7.0% (2015: nil). 

Transactions with other related parties 

(g) 
Aggregate amounts included in the determination of profit from ordinary activities before income tax that resulted from 
transactions with related parties: 

Purchase of goods and services 
Store lease payment(1) 
Inventories(2) 
Royalties for brand name(3) 
Management fees(4) 

Finance costs(5) 

2016 
$ 

2015 
$ 

12,064,672 
1,163,091 
551,637 
- 

11,087,692 
2,237,048 
486,157 
275,000 

67,260 

158,102 

(1) Rent on properties, with rates which are deemed to be on an arms-length basis.  Rent payable at year-end was nil (2015: nil). 
(2) Inventories sourced from Velocity Brand Management Pty Ltd (VBML) a sports licensing agency and it’s operating entities Velocity Brand 

Management NZ Limited and VBM Manufacturing Pty Ltd which are deemed to be on an arms-length basis. 

(3) Royalties are payable to VBML which are deemed to be on an arms-length basis.  
(4) Management services are provided by VBML which are determined to be on an arms-length basis.  
(5) Interest accrued relating to the related party loans between James Woodford Pty Ltd and Australian Creatives Online Pty Ltd at a rate of 7.0% 
(2015: nil), in addition to motor vehicle finance lease charges paid to VBML at a rate of 6.22% (2015: 6.22%). Includes also interest paid and 
accrued in the prior year relating to the related party loan to SEL at a rate of 6.9% which was repaid in November 2015. These transactions are 
determined to be on an arms-length basis.  

25. 

Business combinations 

2016 
There  were  no  business  combinations  during  the  2016  financial  year.    The  Group  did  however  change  its  ownership  interest  in 
Infinite Retail Pty Ltd and Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd as detailed below. 

Infinite Retail Pty Ltd 

(a)
On  4  November  2015,  the  shareholders  of  Infinite  Retail  Pty  Ltd,  entered  into  an  agreement  to  restructure  its  shareholder 
ownership  and  to  issue  new  shares  resulting  in  an  increase  in  the  Group’s  ownership  interest  to  95%  from  50.05%  for  a  total 
consideration of $5.0 million for the new share issue.  In recognising the change in ownership, the Group reassessed the value of the 
Group’s non-controlling interest (NCI) held in Equity Reserves at the grant date, 4 November 2015, to reflect the change in NCI from 
49.95% to 5%. The differential was transferred to a separate NCI Equity Reserve. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 95 

95

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

25. 

Business combinations (continued) 

Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd 

(b)
On 12 May 2016, the shareholders of Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd, entered into an agreement to issue shares resulting in 
an  increase  in  the  Group’s  ownership  interest  to  61.85%  from  51%  for  a  total  consideration  of  $1.0  million.    In  recognising  the 
change in ownership, the Group reassessed the value of the Group’s non-controlling interest (NCI) held in Equity Reserves at the 
grant date, 12 May 2016, to reflect the change in NCI from 49% to 38.15%. The differential was transferred to a separate NCI Equity 
Reserve. 

2015 
During the 2015 financial year, the Group entered into several strategic business combination transactions, enhancing the Group’s 
diverse  business  segment  portfolio.    The  details  of  each  business  combination,  consideration  paid,  net  assets  acquired,  and 
provisional goodwill assumed are outlined below.  Entities acquired include: 

•
•
•
•

Infinite Retail Pty Ltd (Infinite Retail) 
Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd (FPCS) 
Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd (Oceania) 
Youcamp Pty Ltd (Youcamp) 

2015 
(i)           Consideration 
Cash paid 
Fair value of the Group’s previous equity accounted holding  
Fair value of non-controlling interest previous equity 
accounted holding  
Total consideration 

(ii)          Net assets  

 ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Total current assets 

Property, plant & equipment 
Intangible assets 
Total non-current assets 
Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Total current liabilities 

Interest-bearing liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
NET ASSETS 

Infinite 
Retail(a) 
$m 

- 
5.3. 

5.3. 
10.6. 

0.5 
3.4 
6.9 
10.8 

1.0 
- 
1.0 
11.8 

5.7 
0.1 
5.8 

5.8 
5.8 
11.6 
0.2 

FPCS(b) 
$m 

Oceania(c)  Youcamp(d) 
$m 

$m 

1.5 
- 

1.5 
3.0 

1.5 
- 
- 
1.5 

- 
0.2 
0.2 
1.7 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
1.7 

0.5 
- 

- 
0.5 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

0.5 
- 

0.5 
1.0 

0.5 
- 
- 
0.5 

- 
- 
- 
0.5 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
0.5 

Total 
$m 

2.5 
5.3 

7.3 
15.1 

2.5 
3.4 
6.9 
12.8 

1.0 
0.2 
1.2 
14.0 

5.7 
0.1 
5.8 

5.8 
5.8 
11.6 
2.4 

(iii)        Goodwill 
15.1 
Total consideration  
(2.4) 
Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired 
Fair value of put option liability extinguished(1) 
(0.5) 
12.2 
Provisional goodwill 
6.2 
Attributable to the Group 
Attributable to non-controlling interests 
6.0 
(1) On acquisition of Oceania in 2008 a put option liability was recognised, reflecting an estimate of the potential obligation under the put agreement.  
This liability was extinguished as part of the wider business combination transaction. Refer to note 25(c) - Business combinations for further detail. 

10.6. 
(0.2) 
- 
10.4. 
5.2. 
5.2. 

0.5 
- 
(0.5) 
- 
- 
- 

1.0 
(0.5) 
- 
0.5 
0.3 
0.2 

3.0 
(1.7) 
- 
1.3 
0.7 
0.6 

96 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
96

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

25. 

Business combinations (continued) 

(a)  

Infinite Retail Pty Ltd 

On 14 July 2014, an additional 2 shares were acquired, increasing the ownership from 50% to 50.05%, for a cash consideration of 
$5,300 per share. Infinite Retail Pty Ltd (Infinite Retail) is a sports merchandising business specialist.  The entity changed from being 
an associate to a controlled entity in accordance with AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements.  

As  at  the  acquisition  date,  14  July  2014,  the  Group  elected  to  measure  the  non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree  at  the 
proportionate  share  of  its  interest  in  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  net  assets.  The  previously  held  interests  were  fair  valued  and 
formed part of the consideration transferred. The Group recognised a gain of $0.6 million as a result of measuring at fair value it 
50%  equity  interest  in  Infinite  Retail  Pty  Ltd  held  before  the  business  combination.   The  gain  is  included  in  other  income  in  the 
Group’s statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 27 June 2015.  

The  goodwill  is  attributable  mainly  to  the  licensing  and  brand  management  programs  developed  in  Australia,  New  Zealand  and 
internationally  and  the  synergies  expected  to  be  achieved  from  integrating  the  businesses  into  the  Group’s  existing  Sporting 
Business. Goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes. 

The acquired business contributed revenues of $29.1 million for the period 14 July 2014 to 27 June 2015 and a loss after tax of $3.9 
million attributable to the Owners of Super Retail Group Limited.  Included in the  Sports Division segment result is a loss of $3.6 
million. The Group has accounted for the entity as if it had been acquired on 29 June 2014, based on insignificant net trading during 
the period from 29 June 2014 to 14 July 2014. 

(b)  

Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd  

On 24 December 2014, the Group acquired a 51% shareholding in Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd, an online car servicing 
solution, for a cash consideration of $1.5 million. 

The Group elected to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the proportionate share of its interest in the acquiree’s 
identifiable net assets.  The goodwill is attributable mainly to the internally developed software and access to management, which is 
not separately recognised.  Goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes. 

The acquired business contributed revenues of $0.1 million for the period 24 December 2014 to 27 June 2015 and a loss after tax of 
$0.3  million  attributable  to  the  Owners  of  Super  Retail  Group  Limited.    As  the  acquired  business  was  non-trading  prior  to  the 
acquisition date, these results are reflective of the contribution to the Group’s results as if it the acquisition date had been 29 June 
2014. 

(c)  

Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd 

On 25 June 2015, the Group entered into a Deed of Settlement and Release to acquire the remaining 50% non-controlling interest 
shareholding in Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd (Oceania), an Australian bicycle, parts and accessories distributor, for a cash consideration 
of  $0.5  million,  resulting  in  the  ownership  interest  in  this  entity  increasing  to  100%.    Oceania  Bicycles  Limited  is  a  subsidiary  of 
Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd and as such, 100% ownership interest was also gained of this entity as part of this transaction. 

The  Group  had  acquired  an  initial  50%  shareholding  in  Oceania  on  23  June  2008.    The  Group  had  elected  to  deem  control  had 
passed on acquisition due to the provisions of a put agreement on the remaining 50% shares, entered into at this date.  As such the 
Group consolidated 100% of their results and net assets since acquisition date.  No additional net assets were recognised at 25 June 
2015. 

(d)  

Youcamp Pty Ltd 

On  24  June  2015,  the  Group  completed  the  acquisition  of  a  51%  shareholding  in  Youcamp  Pty  Ltd,  an  online  accommodation 
solution connecting a community of private landowners and customers, for a cash consideration of $0.5 million. 

The Group elected to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the proportionate share of its interest in the acquiree’s 
identifiable net assets.  The goodwill is attributable mainly to access to management which is not separately recognised. Goodwill 
will not be deductible for tax purposes. 

The acquired business contributed revenues of $nil million for the period 24 June 2015 to 27 June 2015 and a profit after tax of $nil 
million to the Group’s results.  As the acquired business was non-trading prior to the acquisition date, these results are reflective of 
the contribution to the Group’s results as if it the acquisition date had been 29 June 2014. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 97 

97

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

26.  

Discontinued operations 

(a)

Description 

In the previous financial year, on 19 February 2015, the Group announced the decision to exit the FCO business with an objective of 
ceasing operations by the end of the financial year.  As at the end of the 2015 financial year, all stores had ceased trading. 

(b) 

Financial performance and cash flow information 

Revenue 
Expenses 
Loss before income tax of discontinued operations 
Income tax expense / (benefit) 
Loss after income tax of discontinued operations 

Net cash (outflow) / inflow from operating activities 
Net (decrease) / increase in cash generated by the division 

27.  

Net tangible asset backing  

Net tangible asset per ordinary share 

2016 
$m 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(0.4) 
(0.4) 

2016 
Cents 
$0.18 

2015 
$m 
31.2 
(47.4) 
(16.2) 
- 
(16.2) 

(0.5) 
(0.5) 

2015 
Cents 
$0.22 

Net tangible asset per ordinary share is calculated based on Net Assets of $734.0 million (2015: $765.3 million) less intangible assets 
of $772.4 million (2015: $801.3 million) adjusted for the associated deferred tax liability of $74.1 million (2015: $80.1 million).  The 
number of shares used in the calculation was 197,177,318 (2015: 197,030,571). 

28. 

Deed of cross guarantee 

Super Retail Group Limited, A-Mart All Sports Pty Ltd, Auto Trade Direct Pty Ltd, Workout World Pty Ltd, Coyote Retail Pty Limited, 
Foghorn  Holdings  Pty  Ltd,  Goldcross  Cycles  Pty  Ltd,  Quinns  Rock  Pty  Ltd,  Ray’s  Outdoors  Pty  Ltd,  Rebel  Group  Limited,  Rebel 
Management Services Pty Limited, Rebel Sport Limited, Rebel Wholesale Pty Limited, Rebelsport.com Pty Limited, SCA Equity Plan 
Pty Ltd, SRG Leisure Retail Pty Ltd, SRGS Pty Ltd, Super Cheap Auto Pty Ltd, Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd and Super Retail Group 
Services  Pty  Ltd  are  parties  to  a  Deed  of  Cross  Guarantee  under  which  each  company  guarantees  the  debts  of  the  others.  By 
entering  into  the  Deed,  the  wholly  owned  entities  have  been  relieved  from  the  requirement  to  prepare  a  financial  report  and 
directors’ report under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 

98 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
98

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

28. 

Deed of cross guarantee (continued) 

(a) 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement and Summary of Movements in Consolidated Retained Earnings 

The above companies represent a Closed Group for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to the Deed 
of Cross Guarantee that are controlled by Super Retail Group Limited, they also represent the Extended Closed Group. 

Set out below is a consolidated comprehensive income statement and a summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 
for the period ended 2 July 2016 of the Closed Group. 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement 
Revenue from continuing operations 
Other income from continuing operations 
Total revenues and other income 

Cost of sales of goods 
Other expenses from ordinary activities 
  -  selling and distribution 
  - marketing 
  - occupancy 
  - administration 
Net finance costs 
Total expenses 

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the period 

Statement of comprehensive income 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income for the period 

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial period 
Profit for the period 
Dividends paid  

Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

2016 
$m 

2,284.4 
1.5 

2,285.9 

2015 
$m 

2,110.9 
11.3 

2,122.2 

(1,278.2) 

(1,184.3) 

(299.1) 
(82.0) 
(207.4) 
(299.0) 
(19.1) 
(2,184.8) 
101.1 
(28.8) 
72.3 

72.3 

(7.5) 

(7.5) 
64.8 

203.8 
72.3 
(81.9) 
194.2 

(276.6) 
(77.1) 
(178.2) 
(267.1) 
(19.1) 
(2,002.4) 
119.8 
(38.2) 
81.6 

81.6 

6.3 

6.3 
87.9 

200.9 
81.6 
(78.7) 
203.8 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 99 

99

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

28. 

Deed of cross guarantee (continued) 

(b) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 2 July 2016 of the Closed Group. 

2016 
$m 
10.7 
44.7 
- 
- 
469.9 
525.3 

37.5 
223.3 
764.3 
1,025.1 

1,550.4 

232.8 
5.6 
6.6 
8.0 
55.1 

308.1 

40.7 
410.0 
25.6 
26.6 

502.9 
811.0 

739.4 

542.3 
2.9 
194.2 
739.4 

2015 
$m 
4.6 
38.7 
2.9 
6.8 
469.6 
522.6 

18.9 
211.0 
792.1 
1,022.0 

1,544.6 

249.3 
1.4 
- 
4.1 
40.7 

295.5 

35.8 
388.6 
53.7 
15.2 

493.3 
788.8 

755.8 

542.3 
9.7 
203.8 
755.8 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Current tax assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Inventories 
Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Other financial assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities  
Current tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained profits 
TOTAL EQUITY 

100 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
100

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

29. 

Reconciliation of profit from ordinary activities after income tax to net cash inflow from operating 
activities 

Profit from ordinary activities after related income tax 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Impairment charge 
Net gain on sale of non-current assets 
Non-cash employee benefits expense/share based payments 
Fair value gain on acquisition of associate 
Profit for the period attributable to non-controlling interests 
Net finance costs 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from the 
purchase of controlled entities and the sale of the service entity 
 - (increase) / decrease in receivables 
 - decrease / (increase) in net current tax asset 
 - decrease / (increase) in inventories 
 - (decrease) / increase in payables 
 - increase in provisions 
 - (decrease)  in deferred tax liability 
Net cash inflow from operating activities 
(1) Continuing and discontinued operations results. 

30. 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

(a)
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 
From discontinued operations 
Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company 

Diluted earnings per share 

(b)
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 
From discontinued operations 
Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company 

2016 
$m 
62.8 
86.2 
20.0 
- 
0.7 
- 
(4.8) 
19.4 

(13.7) 
9.2 
3.7 
(23.7) 
23.0 
(23.6) 
159.2 

2016 
Cents 
31.8 
- 

31.8 

31.6 
- 

31.6 

2015 
$m(1) 
81.1 
67.1 
- 
(0.6) 
(0.2) 
(0.6) 
(4.2) 
21.9 

15.7 
(4.0) 
(15.5) 
6.7 
15.7 
(1.1) 
182.0 

2015 
Cents 
49.4 
(8.2) 

41.2 

49.0 
(8.2) 

40.8 

Normalised earnings per share(1) 

(c)
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 
(1) Normalised profit attributable to ordinary equity holders is $108.6 million (2015: $106.3 million) – note 4(b). 

55.1 

54.0 

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator 

(d)
Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator in calculating basic EPS  
Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share options 
Weighted average potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in  
calculating diluted earnings per share 

Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per share 

(e)
Basic earnings and diluted earnings per share 
Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company used in EPS 
From continuing operations 
From discontinued operations 

2016 
Number 
197,152,793 
1,513,230 

2015 
Number 
196,944,779 
1,617,360 

198,666,023 

198,562,139 

2016 
$m 

62.8 
- 
62.8 

2015 
$m 

97.3 
(16.2) 
81.1 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 101 

101

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

30. 

Earnings per share (continued) 

(f) 

Information concerning the classification of securities 

Options and Performance Rights 
Options  and  performance  rights  granted  are  considered  to  be  potential  ordinary  shares  and  have  been  included  in  the 
determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive.

31. 

Share-based payments 

(a) 

Executive Performance Rights 

The  Company  has  established  the  Super  Retail  Group  Executive  Performance  Rights  Plan  (Performance  Rights)  to  assist  in  the 
retention and motivation of executives of Super Retail Group (Participants). 

It  is  intended  that  the  Performance  Rights  will  enable  the  Company  to  retain  and  attract  skilled  and  experienced  executives  and 
provide them with the motivation to enhance the success of the Company. 

Under the Performance Rights, rights may be offered to Participants selected by the Board.  Unless otherwise determined by the 
Board, no payment is required for the grant of rights under the Rights Plan. 

Subject to any adjustment in the event of a bonus issue, each right is an option to subscribe for one Share.  Upon the exercise of a 
right by a Participant, each Share issued will rank equally with other Shares of the Company. 

Performance  Rights  issued  under  the  plan  may  not  be  transferred  unless  approved  by  the  Board.    The  table  below  summarises 
rights granted under the plan. 

Number of Rights Issued  

Grant Date 
2016 
1 September 2010 
1 September 2011 
1 September 2012 
1 September 2013 
1 September 2014 
1 September 2015 

2015 
1 September 2009 
1 September 2010 
1 September 2011 
1 September 2012 
1 September 2013 
1 September 2014 

(b) 

Executive Option Plan 

Balance at 
start of the 
year 
(Number) 
80,980 
131,535 
448,156 
403,999 
561,081 
- 
1,625,751 

83,421 
171,058 
443,152 
534,019 
469,920 
- 
1,701,570 

Granted 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
621,365 
621,365 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
579,192 
579,192 

Exercised 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
(80,980) 
(65,767) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(146,747) 

(83,421) 
(82,389) 
(133,141) 
- 
- 
- 
(298,951) 

Forfeited 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
- 
(3,066) 
(448,156) 
(35,491) 
(54,676) 
(45,750) 
(587,139) 

- 
(7,689) 
(178,476) 
(85,863) 
(65,921) 
(18,111) 
(356,060) 

Balance at 
the end of 
the year 
(Number) 
- 
62,702 
- 
368,508 
506,405 
575,615 
1,513,230 

- 
80,980 
131,535 
448,156 
403,999 
561,081 
1,625,751 

Unvested at 
the end of 
the year 
(Number) 
- 
62,702 
- 
368,508 
506,405 
575,615 
1,513,230 

- 
80,980 
131,535 
448,156 
403,999 
561,081 
1,625,751 

The Company has established the Super Retail Group Executive Share Option Plan (Option Plan).  The Company had established the 
Option  Plan  to  assist  in  the  retention  and  motivation  of  executives  of  Super  Retail  Group  (Participants).    It  is  intended  that  the 
Option Plan will enable the Company to retain and attract skilled and experienced executives and provide them with the motivation 
to enhance the success of the Company. 

Under the Option Plan, options may be offered to Participants selected by the Board.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, 
no payment is required for the grant of options under the Option Plan. 

Subject to any adjustment in the event of a bonus issue, each option is an option to subscribe for one Share.  Upon the exercise of 
an option by a Participant, each Share issued will rank equally with other Shares of the Company. 

102 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
102

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

31. 

Share-based payments (continued) 

(b) 

Executive Option Plan (continued) 

Options  issued  under  the  Option  Plan  may  not  be  transferred  unless  the  Board  determines  otherwise.    The  Company  has  no 
obligation  to  apply  for  quotation  of  the  options  on  ASX.    However,  the  Company  must  apply  to  the  ASX  for  official  quotation  of 
Shares issued on the exercise of the options. 

There were no options granted under the Option Plan during the 2016 financial year (2015: nil). 

Fair value of options granted 
The fair value at grant date is independently determined using a Binomial option pricing model that takes into account the exercise 
price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the  share  price at grant date and expected  price volatility of the underlying 
share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the option. 

The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the options), adjusted for any expected 
changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. 

At  any  one  time,  the  total  number  of  options  on  issue  under  the  Performance  Rights  or  Option  Plan  that  have  neither  been 
exercised nor lapsed will not exceed 5.0% of the total number of shares in the capital of the Company on issue. 

Expenses arising from share based payments transactions: 

Executive Performance Rights 

2016 
$m 
0.7 

2015 
$m 
(0.2) 

32. 

Events occurring after balance date 

No matter or circumstance has arisen since 2 July 2016 that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 

(a)
(b)
(c)

the Group’s operations in future financial years; or 
the results of those operations in future financial years; or 
the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

33. 

Parent entity financial information 

Summary financial information 
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts: 

Balance Sheet 
Current assets 
Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

Contributed equity 
Reserves 
- share-based payments 
- cash flow hedges 
Retained earnings 

Total Equity 

Profit after tax for the period 

Total comprehensive income 

2016 
$m 

224.2 
1,026.3 

42.2 
452.2 

574.1 

542.3 

8.5 
(2.7) 
26.0 

574.1 

56.8 

57.0 

2015 
$m 

392.5 
1,176.6 

190.7 
578.3 

598.3 

542.3 

7.8 
(2.9) 
51.1 

598.3 

29.0 

27.7 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 103 

103

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

34. 

Investments in controlled entities 

The Group’s subsidiaries at 2 July 2016 are set out below.  Unless otherwise stated, they have share capital consisting of ordinary 
shares  that  are  held  directly  by  the  Group,  and  the  proportion  of  ownership  interests  held  equals  the  voting  rights  held  by  the 
Group.  The country of incorporation is also their principal place of business. 

Name of Entity 
A-Mart All Sports Pty Ltd(1) 
Auto Trade Direct (NZ) Limited 
Auto Trade Direct Pty Ltd(1)  
BCF New Zealand Limited 
Workout World Pty Limited(1)(2) 
Coyote Retail Pty Limited(1) 
FCO New Zealand Limited 
Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd(3) 
Foghorn Holdings Pty Ltd(1) 
Goldcross Cycles Pty Ltd(1) 
Infinite Retail Pty Ltd(4)(5) 
VBM Retail (HK) Limited(5)(6) 
Infinite Retail UK Limited(5) (6) 
VBM Retail NZ Limited(5) (6) 
Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd(1) (7) 
Oceania Bicycles Limited (8)  
Quinns Rock Pty Ltd(1) 
Ray’s Outdoors New Zealand Limited 
Ray’s Outdoors Pty Ltd(1) 
Rebel Group Limited(1) 
Rebel Management Services Pty Limited(1) 
Rebel Sport Limited(1) 
Rebel Wholesale Pty Limited(1) 
Rebelsport.com Pty Limited(1) 
SCA Equity Plan Pty Ltd 
SRG Leisure Retail Pty Ltd(1)  
SRGS (New Zealand) Limited  
SRGS Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Cheap Auto (New Zealand) Pty Ltd 
Super Cheap Auto Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Retail Group Services (New Zealand) Limited 
Super Retail Group Services Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Retail Group Trading (Shanghai) Ltd 
Youcamp Pty Ltd(9) 
(1) These controlled entities have been granted relief from the necessity to prepare financial reports in accordance with Class Order 98/1418 issued  

Principal Activities 
Sports retail 
Auto retail 
Auto retail 
Leisure retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Leisure retail 
Auto services 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Leisure retail 
Leisure retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Investments 
Leisure retail 
Product acquisition and distribution 
Product acquisition and distribution 
Auto retail 
Auto retail 
Auto retail 
Support services 
Support services 
Product sourcing 
Leisure services 

Country of 
Incorporation 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Hong Kong 
United Kingdom 
New Zealand 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
China 
Australia 

Equity Holding 
2015 
% 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
51 
100 
100 
50.05 
50.05 
50.05 
50.05 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
51 

2016 
% 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
61.85 
100 
100 
95 
95 
95 
95 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
51 

by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 
(2) Previously known as Coyote Retail Investments Pty Limited. 
(3) On 12 May 2016, the shareholders of Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd, entered into an agreement resulting in an increase in the Group’s 

ownership interest to 61.85% from 51%.  Refer to note 25 - Business combinations. 

(4) On 14 July 2014, an additional 2 shares were acquired, resulting in the ownership interest in Infinite Retail Pty Ltd (formerly known as VBM Retail 

Pty Ltd) increasing to 50.05%.  The entity changed from being an associate to a controlled entity. Refer to note 25 - Business combinations. 

(5) On  4  November  2015,  the  shareholders  of  Infinite  Retail  Pty  Ltd,  entered  into  an  agreement  resulting  in  an  increase  in  the  Group’s  ownership 

interest to 95% from 50.05%.  Refer to note 25 – Business combinations. 

(6) Investment is held directly by Infinite Retail Pty Ltd. 
(7)  On  25  June  2015,  the  Group  acquired  the  remaining  50%  non-controlling  interest  shareholding,  resulting  in  the  ownership  interest  in  these 

entities increasing to 100%.  Refer to note 25 – Business combinations. 

(8) Investment is held directly by Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd. 
(9) On 24 June 2015, the Group acquired a 51% controlling shareholding in Youcamp Pty Ltd.  Refer to note 25 - Business combinations. 

104 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
104

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

In the Directors’ opinion: 

(a)

(b)

(c)

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 52 to 104 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 
(i)

complying  with  Accounting  Standards,  the  Corporations  Regulations  2001  and  other  mandatory  professional 
reporting requirements; and 
giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 2 July 2016 and of its performance for 
the financial period ended on that date; and 

(ii)

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 
payable; and 
at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable  grounds to  believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group 
identified in note 28 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of 
the deed of cross guarantee described in note 28. 

Note  2(a)  confirms  that  the  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the 
International Accounting Standards Board. 

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Group Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A 
of the Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 

R J Wright 
Director 

Brisbane 
25 August 2016 

P A Birtles 
Director 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 105 

105

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Super Retail
Group Limited

Report on the financial report
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Super Retail Group Limited (the company),
which comprises the consolidated balance sheet as at 2 July 2016, the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of
cash flows for the period 28 June 2015 to 2 July 2016, a summary of significant accounting policies,
other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration for Super Retail Group Limited (the
consolidated entity). The consolidated entity comprises the company and the entities it controlled at
the period’s end or from time to time during the financial period.

Directors' responsibility for the financial report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 2, the
directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial
Statements, that the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted
our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply
with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures
in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error.
In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the consolidated
entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well
as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our audit opinion.

Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations
Act 2001.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE QLD 4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE QLD 4001
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

106

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016

106

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion:

(a)

the financial report of Super Retail Group Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act
2001, including:

(i)

(ii)

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 2 July 2016
and of its performance for the period ended on that date; and

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations
2001.

(b)

the financial report and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as
disclosed in Note 2.

Report on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 35 to 49 of the directors’ report for the
period ended 2 July 2016. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and
presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act
2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion, the remuneration report of Super Retail Group Limited for the period ended 2 July
2016 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Kim Challenor
Partner

Brisbane
25 August 2016

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016

107
107

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

The shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 24 August 2016. 

Number of Shareholders 
There were 7,192 shareholders, holding 197,177,318 fully paid ordinary shares. 

Distribution of equity securities 

A. 
Analysis of numbers of equity security holders by size of holding: 

Range 

1-1000 
1,001-5,000 
5,001-10,000 
10,001-100,000 
100,001 and over 

Total 

Ordinary Shareholders 

Performance Rights &  
Option holders 

3,672 
2,804 
414 
258 
44 

7,192 

- 
4 
12 
37 
3 

56 

There were 484 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares. 

Equity security holders 

B. 
The names of the twenty largest holders of quoted equity securities are listed below: 
Name 

SCA FT PTY LTD  
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED   
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 
RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
MR PETER ALAN BIRTLES 
MR PETER ALAN BIRTLES 
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
SCCASP HOLDINGS PTY LTD AS TRUSTEE FOR H & R SUPER FUND 
EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

Ordinary shares 

Number held 

Percentage of 
issued shares 

57,047,015 
30,587,089 
25,358,922 
14,658,312 
12,518,526 
10,554,627 
9,436,513 
2,550,292 
2,474,900 
1,620,655 
955,000 
801,362 
681,680 
675,000 
665,000 
610,690 
583,889 
578,703 
567,302 
547,135 

28.93% 
15.51% 
12.86% 
7.43% 
6.35% 
5.35% 
4.79% 
1.29% 
1.26% 
0.82% 
0.48% 
0.41% 
0.35% 
0.34% 
0.34% 
0.31% 
0.30% 
0.29% 
0.29% 
0.28% 

173,472,612 

87.98% 

108 Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
108

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION (continued) 
For the period ended 2 July 2016 

C. 

Substantial shareholdings 

As at 24 August 2016, there are three substantial shareholders that the Company is aware of: 

Name 

SCA FT PTY LTD  
PERPETUAL LIMITED  
GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP 

D. 

Unquoted equity securities 

Ordinary shares 
Number held 

Percentage of issued 
shares 

Date of most  
Recent notice 

56,954,670 
24,896,333 
15,186,241 

28.99% 
12.63% 
7.70% 

02/08/2013 
21/06/2016 
08/07/2016 

As at 24 August 2016, there were 1,438,674 unlisted performance rights, granted to 56 holders, over unissued ordinary shares in the 
Company. 

E. 

Voting rights 

The voting rights relating to each class of equity securities is as follows: 

Ordinary Shares 

a)
On a show of hands at a General Meeting of the Company, every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and 
upon poll each person present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each ordinary share held. 

Options and Performance Rights 

b)
Performance Rights and Options do not have any voting rights. 

F. 

Market buy-back 

There is currently no on market buy-back. 

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 109 

109

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE TRENDS

FINANCIAL

REPORTED SALES 
($M)

REPORTED TOTAL  
SEGMENT EBIT 
($M)

REPORTED EPS  
(C)

DIVIDEND  
(C)

REPORTED  
POST TAX ROC  
(%)

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

715

829

938

1,092

1,654

2,020

2,112

2,239

2,422

45.7

55.1

65.8

87.5

140.7

172.3

182.6

170.2

175.3

22.6

28.1

32.1

40.9

46.4

52.3

55.1

49.4

31.8

13.0

18.0

21.5

29.0

32.0

38.0

40.0

40.0

41.5

14.1

15.4

16.8

17.3

15.9

12.6

11.3

10.6

10.7

CUSTOMER

TEAM

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 15

JUN 16

AVERAGE NPS

36.9%

43.1%

TEAM ENGAGEMENT

68%*

71%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

3.9M

4.5M

SAFETY - LTIFR

13.2

6.8

CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS

42.8M

44.8M

TEAM RETENTION

75%

75%

*Results of 2014 survey

110

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Name of Entity 
SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED  

ABN  
81 108 676 204

Company Secretary 
Mr Robert Dawkins

Principal Registered Office  
751 Gympie Road 
LAWNTON   QLD   4501   Australia 
Telephone  
Facsimile  

Website Address 
www.superretailgroup.com 

+61 7 3482 7900 
+61 7 3205 8522

Securities Exchange 
Super Retail Group Limited (SUL) shares are quoted on the  
Australian Securities Exchange 

Share Registry 
Link Market Services 
Level 12, 680 George Street   
SYDNEY   NSW   2000   Australia 
Telephone   

www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Solicitors 
King & Wood Mallesons 

Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers

1300 554 474 
+61 2 8280 7100 

KEY DATES FOR SHAREHOLDERS

Event 

Date(1)

Annual General Meeting(2) 

24 October 2016

Final Dividend Ex-Date 

5 September 2016

Final Dividend Record Date 

6 September 2016

DRP Election Date 

7 September 2016

Final Dividend Payment Date 

7 October 2016

Interim Results Announcement 

24 February 2017

Interim Dividend Ex-Date 

6 March 2017

Interim Dividend Record Date 

7 March 2017

DRP Election Date 

8 March 2017

Interim Dividend Payment Date 

7 April 2017

(1)If there are any changes to these dates, the Australian Securities Exchange will be notified accordingly.
(2) The 2016 Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders of Super Retail Group Limited will be held at Kedron Wavell 

Services Club, 375 Hamilton Road, Chermside South, Queensland.

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 111

111

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.superretailgroup.com

112

Super Retail Group Limited | ANNUAL REPORT 2016